<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=HailanChen</id>
	<title>UBC Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=HailanChen"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/Special:Contributions/HailanChen"/>
	<updated>2026-08-31T09:12:09Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.9</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=File:CTLT_Workshop_2021_Authentic_Assessments.pdf&amp;diff=646815</id>
		<title>File:CTLT Workshop 2021 Authentic Assessments.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=File:CTLT_Workshop_2021_Authentic_Assessments.pdf&amp;diff=646815"/>
		<updated>2021-08-25T22:10:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: HailanChen uploaded a new version of File:CTLT Workshop 2021 Authentic Assessments.pdf&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=={{int:filedesc}}==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|description={{en|1=Workshop slides on authentic assessment, Summer Institute, Centre for Teaching, Learning and Technology, UBC, 2021}}&lt;br /&gt;
|date=2021-08-24&lt;br /&gt;
|source=CTLT Summer Institute 2021&lt;br /&gt;
|author=Judy Chan&lt;br /&gt;
Hailan Chen&lt;br /&gt;
|permission=&lt;br /&gt;
|other versions=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{int:license-header}}==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Assessment]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Teaching Strategies]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Teaching and Learning]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:UBC]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=File:CTLT_Workshop_2021_Authentic_Assessments.pdf&amp;diff=646807</id>
		<title>File:CTLT Workshop 2021 Authentic Assessments.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=File:CTLT_Workshop_2021_Authentic_Assessments.pdf&amp;diff=646807"/>
		<updated>2021-08-25T20:02:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: HailanChen uploaded a new version of File:CTLT Workshop 2021 Authentic Assessments.pdf&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=={{int:filedesc}}==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|description={{en|1=Workshop slides on authentic assessment, Summer Institute, Centre for Teaching, Learning and Technology, UBC, 2021}}&lt;br /&gt;
|date=2021-08-24&lt;br /&gt;
|source=CTLT Summer Institute 2021&lt;br /&gt;
|author=Judy Chan&lt;br /&gt;
Hailan Chen&lt;br /&gt;
|permission=&lt;br /&gt;
|other versions=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{int:license-header}}==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Assessment]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Teaching Strategies]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Teaching and Learning]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:UBC]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:Home&amp;diff=532051</id>
		<title>Sandbox:Home</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:Home&amp;diff=532051"/>
		<updated>2018-11-07T22:26:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Heading Level 2 text ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Course:FRST370|FRST370]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a fac&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|title=The book|last=|first=|publisher=|year=|isbn=|location=|pages=}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;t.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Heading Level 3 text ===&lt;br /&gt;
paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Heading Level 4 text ====&lt;br /&gt;
paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Heading Level 5 text =====&lt;br /&gt;
paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Heading 2 text ==&lt;br /&gt;
paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:Home&amp;diff=532022</id>
		<title>Sandbox:Home</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:Home&amp;diff=532022"/>
		<updated>2018-11-07T21:43:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Heading Level 2 text ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Course:FRST370|FRST370]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Heading Level 3 text ===&lt;br /&gt;
paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Heading Level 4 text ====&lt;br /&gt;
paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Heading Level 5 text =====&lt;br /&gt;
paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Heading 2 text ==&lt;br /&gt;
paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:Home&amp;diff=532021</id>
		<title>Sandbox:Home</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:Home&amp;diff=532021"/>
		<updated>2018-11-07T21:34:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Heading Level 2 text ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Heading Level 3 text ===&lt;br /&gt;
paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Heading Level 4 text ====&lt;br /&gt;
paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Heading Level 5 text =====&lt;br /&gt;
paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Heading 2 text ==&lt;br /&gt;
paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph paragraph&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:Home&amp;diff=532020</id>
		<title>Sandbox:Home</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:Home&amp;diff=532020"/>
		<updated>2018-11-07T21:32:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: Created page with &amp;quot;== Heading Level 2 text ==  === Heading Level 3 text ===  ==== Heading Level 4 text ====  ===== Heading Level 5 text =====  == Heading 2 text ==&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Heading Level 2 text ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Heading Level 3 text ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Heading Level 4 text ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Heading Level 5 text =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Heading 2 text ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275571</id>
		<title>Sandbox:IDContent</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275571"/>
		<updated>2014-02-11T03:49:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* How can we help? Tab */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Instructional Design Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;What is Instructional Design?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design (also called Instructional Systems Design (ISD)) is the practice of creating &amp;quot;instructional experiences which make the acquisition of knowledge and skill more efficient, effective, and appealing”  ^ Merrill, M. D., Drake, L., Lacy, M. J., Pratt, J., &amp;amp; ID2_Research_Group. (1996). Reclaiming instructional design. Educational Technology, 36(5), 5-7.http://mdavidmerrill.com/Papers/Reclaiming.PDF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So what exactly is Instructional Design and what exactly do Instructional Designers do?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.slideshare.net/ejars/what-is-instructional-design   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Instructional Design is transforming evidence based pedagogical research and practice into course development. It aims to produce active learning experience for desired learning outcomes through appropriate use of learning technologies in different teaching and learning contexts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers actively put into action theory and research-based process of planning, developing, implementing, and evaluating instruction while developing a course. In each instructional design project they involved in, instructional designers make every effort to implement best practice course design principles for better learning. Depending on the requests, instructional designers may work individually or with a project team which may include subject matter experts (SME’s) such as lead faculty members, course developers such as TLFs and TAs, graphic designers, and web programmers. Whether work individually or in collaboration with a project team as requested, the process usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing overall curriculum and instructional needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyzing learner characteristics and background knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
* Establishing course goals and learning outcomes&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting logical course building blocks and sequence &lt;br /&gt;
* Developing instructional content, teaching activities, and assessments &lt;br /&gt;
* Building course on selected platform with appropriate use of learning technologies&lt;br /&gt;
* Implementing or observing the delivery of instruction &lt;br /&gt;
* Conducting formative and summative evaluations of the course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, Instructional Designers perform a wide variety of tasks, from course design to project management. The products they develop or facilitate in developing may range from assignment instructions to full course materials and/or entire curricula. The delivery system and learning technologies they help to choose to use in alignment with learning outcomes and in support to course content, teaching strategies, and assessments will vary from face-to-face classrooms to blended and/or fully online courses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How can we help? Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional designers at CTLT are a group of dedicated professionals with background in Educational Technology, Curriculum, and Pedagogy. With experience of classroom teaching, instructional design, and PD facilitation, as skilled professionals, we can assist you by providing the following services:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Course Design and Development&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:* Consultation of course design &lt;br /&gt;
:* Design of new courses&lt;br /&gt;
:* Redesign of existing courses&lt;br /&gt;
:* Project management for course development&lt;br /&gt;
:* Feedback on course design&lt;br /&gt;
:* Quality review of course design &lt;br /&gt;
:* Training on course design&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Flexible Learning Projects&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing proposal consultation and assisting in proposal development.&lt;br /&gt;
:* Assisting in transforming courses and programs into flipped, blended, or online learning context by engaging in the planning, design, development, implementation, and evaluation of courses and programs. &lt;br /&gt;
:* Designing or facilitating the design of effective teaching strategies that enhance student engagement in flipped, blended, or online classes. &lt;br /&gt;
:* Developing or facilitating the development of learner-centered active learning activities and assessments in flipped, blended, or online learning environment. &lt;br /&gt;
:* Assisting in appropriate media or technology selection and development in consultation with related departments in UBC Teaching and Learning community. &lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing Project Management assistance as requested in the process of course design and development.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance Education Projects&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:* Conducting project management for planning, design, development, implementation, and evaluation of new online courses upon request.&lt;br /&gt;
:* Conducting project management for updates and revisions of existing online courses to prepare for the start of new terms.  &lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing pedagogical guidance specifically in the design and development of online content and activities. &lt;br /&gt;
:* Incorporating evidence-based good practices in the design and development of teaching strategies for increasing student engagement and motivation in online environments. &lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing expertise and support for editorial review and quality assurance for online courses.  &lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing assistance, guidance, and/or tips upon request to use selected learning technologies for effective online teaching and facilitation in the delivery of online courses. &lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing in-time communication and support for on-the-fly requests asking for help with LMS or other learning technology issues during the delivery of online courses. &lt;br /&gt;
:* Being available and providing online exam support and communication for any exam issues that may arise on the day of online exams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CTLT Instructional Design Models ==&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers in CTLT use a streamlined approach to design and development as evident in the diagrammatic representation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QAFinal-450px.jpg|Center|Course Development Cycle and Quality Assurance Elements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Frequently Asked Questions == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For faculty members and subject matter experts, the role of an instructional designer may seem mysterious. We use this section to answer questions which come up often in our line of work. If you have a question which is not addressed below, send it to us and we will be happy to answer!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why do I need to work with an ID? I am an expert in my field and the students need to learn the subject matter of the course they are taking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An instructional designer supports and enhances course development and teaching because he/she helps to focus on &lt;br /&gt;
* Articulating  of learning objectives (What is to be learned? How can we communicate it to the students at the outset?)&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing conditions for student engagement and learning (e.g., in class/online/in the community/ or field work placement)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing assessment strategies and tools which align with objectives &lt;br /&gt;
* Exploring and finding technology tools to support the learning environment  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Why is the Instructional Designer(ID) also called a Project Manager(PM) in CTLT? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional design models adopt a systematic approach to design and development of learning. An ID, when wearing the hat of a PM, brings the skills for managing timelines, resources, budget, varied skill sets/team members to achieve goals effectively. A project manager supports the principal/faculty lead/course author in teaching/course transformation/course creation in co-ordination, communication and problem solving in managing timelines and team functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How can I get the expertise/support of an ID in creating a new course/transforming a course?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In either of these contexts, faculty members should go through a proposal process for Flexible Learning or TLEF (jeff.miller@ubc.ca) or approach Distance Education &amp;amp; Instructional Design Support (chris.crowley@ubc.ca)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How do CTLT Instructional Designers stay abreast of evidence approaches to learning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The team of instructional designers in CTLT engage in a continuous process of ongoing review, reflection and improvement. The team keeps pace with the cutting edge research in the field of educational leadership and development and is a part of local, national and international communities of educational design/development professionals. The team actively participates in: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Flipped Lab (http://flippedlab.learning.ubc.ca/2014/02/05/negotiating-challenges-with-the-flipped-classroom/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Instructional Design Community of Practice (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/instructional-design/) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/scholarship-of-teaching-and-learning-sotl/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MOOCs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MOOC.png|thumb|Tony Bates at Instructional Design Community of Practice at UBC]]&lt;br /&gt;
MOOCs (Massive Open Online Courses) are teaching and learning tools that are available massively on a global scale to (theoretically) unlimited numbers of users, typically for free. Taught by university professors in a variety of fields, disciplines, and institutions MOOCs offer opportunities for learning, idea exchange, discussion, innovation, and experimentation. Though still in the experimental phase, MOOCs are rapidly becoming gateways to other learning, portals to new teaching technologies, avenues of thought on a global scale, and ways for teachers to publish their teaching. &lt;br /&gt;
At the University of British Columbia, MOOCs are experiments in teaching technologies and instructional design with the purpose of enhancing new in-class and online teaching, such as the flipped classroom and blended learning. MOOCs are imagined to be new methods of promoting the latest teaching initiatives and research being conducted at UBC. Faculty participants, as instructors and course designers, have the opportunity of receiving massive amounts of student feedback that can amount to more than the equivalent of decades of in-class feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about UBC MOOCs visit the links below:&lt;br /&gt;
* Current UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/current-and-upcoming-ubc-moocs/&lt;br /&gt;
* MOOCs Links http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/category/resources/moocs-links/&lt;br /&gt;
* Upcoming UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/four-ubc-moocs-to-be-developed-in-2014/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275570</id>
		<title>Sandbox:IDContent</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275570"/>
		<updated>2014-02-11T03:32:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Instructional Design Tab */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Instructional Design Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;What is Instructional Design?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design (also called Instructional Systems Design (ISD)) is the practice of creating &amp;quot;instructional experiences which make the acquisition of knowledge and skill more efficient, effective, and appealing”  ^ Merrill, M. D., Drake, L., Lacy, M. J., Pratt, J., &amp;amp; ID2_Research_Group. (1996). Reclaiming instructional design. Educational Technology, 36(5), 5-7.http://mdavidmerrill.com/Papers/Reclaiming.PDF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So what exactly is Instructional Design and what exactly do Instructional Designers do?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.slideshare.net/ejars/what-is-instructional-design   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Instructional Design is transforming evidence based pedagogical research and practice into course development. It aims to produce active learning experience for desired learning outcomes through appropriate use of learning technologies in different teaching and learning contexts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers actively put into action theory and research-based process of planning, developing, implementing, and evaluating instruction while developing a course. In each instructional design project they involved in, instructional designers make every effort to implement best practice course design principles for better learning. Depending on the requests, instructional designers may work individually or with a project team which may include subject matter experts (SME’s) such as lead faculty members, course developers such as TLFs and TAs, graphic designers, and web programmers. Whether work individually or in collaboration with a project team as requested, the process usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing overall curriculum and instructional needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyzing learner characteristics and background knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
* Establishing course goals and learning outcomes&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting logical course building blocks and sequence &lt;br /&gt;
* Developing instructional content, teaching activities, and assessments &lt;br /&gt;
* Building course on selected platform with appropriate use of learning technologies&lt;br /&gt;
* Implementing or observing the delivery of instruction &lt;br /&gt;
* Conducting formative and summative evaluations of the course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, Instructional Designers perform a wide variety of tasks, from course design to project management. The products they develop or facilitate in developing may range from assignment instructions to full course materials and/or entire curricula. The delivery system and learning technologies they help to choose to use in alignment with learning outcomes and in support to course content, teaching strategies, and assessments will vary from face-to-face classrooms to blended and/or fully online courses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How can we help? Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional designers at CTLT are a group of dedicated professionals with background in Educational Technology, Curriculum, and Pedagogy. With experience of classroom teaching, instructional design, and PD facilitation, as skilled professionals, we can assist you by providing the following services:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Course Design and Development&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:* Consultation of course design &lt;br /&gt;
:* Design of new courses&lt;br /&gt;
:* Redesign of existing courses&lt;br /&gt;
:* Project management of course development&lt;br /&gt;
:* Feedback on course design&lt;br /&gt;
:* Quality review of course design &lt;br /&gt;
:* Training on course design&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Flexible Learning Projects&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing proposal consultation and assisting in proposal development.&lt;br /&gt;
:* Assisting in transforming courses and programs into flexible learning format upon request by engaging in the planning, design, development, implementation, and evaluation of courses and programs. &lt;br /&gt;
:* Designing or facilitating the design of effective teaching strategies that enhance student engagement in flipped, blended, or online classes. &lt;br /&gt;
:* Designing or facilitating the design of learner-centered active learning activities and assessments in flexible learning environment. &lt;br /&gt;
:* Assisting appropriate media or technology selection and development in consultation with related departments in UBC Teaching and Learning community. &lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing Project Management assistance as requested in the cycle of course design and development.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance Education Projects&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing pedagogical guidance specifically for online content&lt;br /&gt;
:* Bringing evidence-based good practices for increasing student engagement and motivation in online environments&lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing expertise and support for editorial review and quality assurance for online courses&lt;br /&gt;
:* Support for teaching online (LMS/other educational technology tools)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CTLT Instructional Design Models ==&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers in CTLT use a streamlined approach to design and development as evident in the diagrammatic representation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QAFinal-450px.jpg|Center|Course Development Cycle and Quality Assurance Elements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Frequently Asked Questions == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For faculty members and subject matter experts, the role of an instructional designer may seem mysterious. We use this section to answer questions which come up often in our line of work. If you have a question which is not addressed below, send it to us and we will be happy to answer!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why do I need to work with an ID? I am an expert in my field and the students need to learn the subject matter of the course they are taking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An instructional designer supports and enhances course development and teaching because he/she helps to focus on &lt;br /&gt;
* Articulating  of learning objectives (What is to be learned? How can we communicate it to the students at the outset?)&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing conditions for student engagement and learning (e.g., in class/online/in the community/ or field work placement)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing assessment strategies and tools which align with objectives &lt;br /&gt;
* Exploring and finding technology tools to support the learning environment  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Why is the Instructional Designer(ID) also called a Project Manager(PM) in CTLT? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional design models adopt a systematic approach to design and development of learning. An ID, when wearing the hat of a PM, brings the skills for managing timelines, resources, budget, varied skill sets/team members to achieve goals effectively. A project manager supports the principal/faculty lead/course author in teaching/course transformation/course creation in co-ordination, communication and problem solving in managing timelines and team functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How can I get the expertise/support of an ID in creating a new course/transforming a course?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In either of these contexts, faculty members should go through a proposal process for Flexible Learning or TLEF (jeff.miller@ubc.ca) or approach Distance Education &amp;amp; Instructional Design Support (chris.crowley@ubc.ca)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How do CTLT Instructional Designers stay abreast of evidence approaches to learning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The team of instructional designers in CTLT engage in a continuous process of ongoing review, reflection and improvement. The team keeps pace with the cutting edge research in the field of educational leadership and development and is a part of local, national and international communities of educational design/development professionals. The team actively participates in: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Flipped Lab (http://flippedlab.learning.ubc.ca/2014/02/05/negotiating-challenges-with-the-flipped-classroom/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Instructional Design Community of Practice (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/instructional-design/) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/scholarship-of-teaching-and-learning-sotl/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MOOCs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MOOC.png|thumb|Tony Bates at Instructional Design Community of Practice at UBC]]&lt;br /&gt;
MOOCs (Massive Open Online Courses) are teaching and learning tools that are available massively on a global scale to (theoretically) unlimited numbers of users, typically for free. Taught by university professors in a variety of fields, disciplines, and institutions MOOCs offer opportunities for learning, idea exchange, discussion, innovation, and experimentation. Though still in the experimental phase, MOOCs are rapidly becoming gateways to other learning, portals to new teaching technologies, avenues of thought on a global scale, and ways for teachers to publish their teaching. &lt;br /&gt;
At the University of British Columbia, MOOCs are experiments in teaching technologies and instructional design with the purpose of enhancing new in-class and online teaching, such as the flipped classroom and blended learning. MOOCs are imagined to be new methods of promoting the latest teaching initiatives and research being conducted at UBC. Faculty participants, as instructors and course designers, have the opportunity of receiving massive amounts of student feedback that can amount to more than the equivalent of decades of in-class feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about UBC MOOCs visit the links below:&lt;br /&gt;
* Current UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/current-and-upcoming-ubc-moocs/&lt;br /&gt;
* MOOCs Links http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/category/resources/moocs-links/&lt;br /&gt;
* Upcoming UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/four-ubc-moocs-to-be-developed-in-2014/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275325</id>
		<title>Sandbox:IDContent</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275325"/>
		<updated>2014-02-07T23:00:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Home page */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Home page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;What is Instructional Design?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design (also called Instructional Systems Design (ISD)) is the practice of creating &amp;quot;instructional experiences which make the acquisition of knowledge and skill more efficient, effective, and appealing”  ^ Merrill, M. D., Drake, L., Lacy, M. J., Pratt, J., &amp;amp; ID2_Research_Group. (1996). Reclaiming instructional design. Educational Technology, 36(5), 5-7.http://mdavidmerrill.com/Papers/Reclaiming.PDF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So what exactly is Instructional Design and what exactly do Instructional Designers do?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.slideshare.net/ejars/what-is-instructional-design   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Instructional Design is transforming evidence based pedagogical research and practice into course development. It aims to produce good learning experience for desired learning outcomes through appropriate use of learning technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers actively put the theory and research-based process of planning, developing, implementing, and evaluating instruction into action in each course design project they involved for better learning. Depending on the requests, instructional designers may work individually or with a project team which may include subject matter experts (SME’s) such as lead faculty members, course developers, graphic designers, and web programmers. Whether work individually or in collaboration with a project team as requested the process usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing overall curriculum and instructional needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyzing learner characteristics and background knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
* Establishing course goals and learning outcomes&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting logical course building blocks and sequence &lt;br /&gt;
* Developing instructional content, teaching activities, and assessments &lt;br /&gt;
* Building course on selected platform with appropriate use of learning technologies&lt;br /&gt;
* Implementing or observing the delivery of instruction &lt;br /&gt;
* Conducting formative and summative evaluations of the course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, Instructional Designers perform a wide variety of tasks, from course design to project management. The products they develop or facilitate in developing may range from assignment instructions to full course materials and/or entire curricula. The delivery system and learning technologies they help to choose to use in alignment with learning outcomes and in support to course content, teaching strategies, and assessments will vary from face-to-face classroom to blended and/or fully online courses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructional Designers at CTLT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional designers at CTLT are a group of dedicated professionals with background in Educational Technology, Curriculum, and Pedagogy. With experience of classroom teaching, instructional design, and PD facilitation, as skilled professionals, we can assist you by providing the following services:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Course Design and Development&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:* Consultation of course design &lt;br /&gt;
:* Design of new courses&lt;br /&gt;
:* Redesign of existing courses&lt;br /&gt;
:* Project management of course development&lt;br /&gt;
:* Feedback on course design&lt;br /&gt;
:* Quality review of course design &lt;br /&gt;
:* Training on course design&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Flexible Learning Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing proposal consultation and assisting in proposal development.&lt;br /&gt;
:* Assisting in transforming courses and programs into flexible learning format upon request by engaging in the planning, design, development, implementation, and evaluation of courses and programs. &lt;br /&gt;
:* Designing or facilitating the design of effective teaching strategies that enhance student engagement in flipped, blended, or online classes. &lt;br /&gt;
:* Designing or facilitating the design of learner-centered active learning activities and assessments in flexible learning environment. &lt;br /&gt;
:* Assisting appropriate media or technology selection and development in consultation with related departments in UBC Teaching and Learning community. &lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing Project Management assistance as requested in the cycle of course design and development.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance Education Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing pedagogical guidance specifically for online content&lt;br /&gt;
:* Bringing evidence-based good practices for increasing student engagement and motivation in online environments&lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing expertise and support for editorial review and quality assurance for online courses&lt;br /&gt;
:* Support for teaching online (LMS/other educational technology tools)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design in CTLT, UBC Local timeline &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education  (correspondence education) (provide years) &lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education (online) (provide years)&lt;br /&gt;
Flexible Learning  (2013 onwards)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CTLT Instructional Design Models ==&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers in CTLT use a streamlined approach to design and development as evident in the diagrammatic representation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QAFinal-450px.jpg|Center|Course Development Cycle and Quality Assurance Elements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Frequently Asked Questions == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For faculty members and subject matter experts, the role of an instructional designer may seem mysterious. We use this section to answer questions which come up often in our line of work. If you have a question which is not addressed below, send it to us and we will be happy to answer!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why do I need to work with an ID? I am an expert in my field and the students need to learn the subject matter of the course they are taking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An instructional designer supports and enhances course development and teaching because he/she helps to focus on &lt;br /&gt;
* Articulating  of learning objectives (What is to be learned? How can we communicate it to the students at the outset?)&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing conditions for student engagement and learning (e.g., in class/online/in the community/ or field work placement)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing assessment strategies and tools which align with objectives &lt;br /&gt;
* Exploring and finding technology tools to support the learning environment  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Why is the Instructional Designer(ID) also called a Project Manager(PM) in CTLT? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional design models adopt a systematic approach to design and development of learning. An ID, when wearing the hat of a PM, brings the skills for managing timelines, resources, budget, varied skill sets/team members to achieve goals effectively. A project manager supports the principal/faculty lead/course author in teaching/course transformation/course creation in co-ordination, communication and problem solving in managing timelines and team functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How can I get the expertise/support of an ID in creating a new course/transforming a course?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In either of these contexts, faculty members should go through a proposal process for Flexible Learning or TLEF (jeff.miller@ubc.ca) or approach Distance Education &amp;amp; Instructional Design Support (chris.crowley@ubc.ca)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How do CTLT Instructional Designers stay abreast of evidence approaches to learning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The team of instructional designers in CTLT engage in a continuous process of ongoing review, reflection and improvement. The team keeps pace with the cutting edge research in the field of educational leadership and development and is a part of local, national and international communities of educational design/development professionals. The team actively participates in: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Flipped Lab (http://flippedlab.learning.ubc.ca/2014/02/05/negotiating-challenges-with-the-flipped-classroom/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Instructional Design Community of Practice (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/instructional-design/) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/scholarship-of-teaching-and-learning-sotl/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MOOCs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MOOC.png|thumb|Tony Bates at Instructional Design Community of Practice at UBC]]&lt;br /&gt;
MOOCs (Massive Open Online Courses) are teaching and learning tools that are available massively on a global scale to (theoretically) unlimited numbers of users, typically for free. Taught by university professors in a variety of fields, disciplines, and institutions MOOCs offer opportunities for learning, idea exchange, discussion, innovation, and experimentation. Though still in the experimental phase, MOOCs are rapidly becoming gateways to other learning, portals to new teaching technologies, avenues of thought on a global scale, and ways for teachers to publish their teaching. &lt;br /&gt;
At the University of British Columbia, MOOCs are experiments in teaching technologies and instructional design with the purpose of enhancing new in-class and online teaching, such as the flipped classroom and blended learning. MOOCs are imagined to be new methods of promoting the latest teaching initiatives and research being conducted at UBC. Faculty participants, as instructors and course designers, have the opportunity of receiving massive amounts of student feedback that can amount to more than the equivalent of decades of in-class feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about UBC MOOCs visit the links below:&lt;br /&gt;
* Current UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/current-and-upcoming-ubc-moocs/&lt;br /&gt;
* MOOCs Links http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/category/resources/moocs-links/&lt;br /&gt;
* Upcoming UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/four-ubc-moocs-to-be-developed-in-2014/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275323</id>
		<title>Sandbox:IDContent</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275323"/>
		<updated>2014-02-07T22:47:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Home page */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Home page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;What is Instructional Design?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design (also called Instructional Systems Design (ISD)) is the practice of creating &amp;quot;instructional experiences which make the acquisition of knowledge and skill more efficient, effective, and appealing”  ^ Merrill, M. D., Drake, L., Lacy, M. J., Pratt, J., &amp;amp; ID2_Research_Group. (1996). Reclaiming instructional design. Educational Technology, 36(5), 5-7.http://mdavidmerrill.com/Papers/Reclaiming.PDF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So what exactly is Instructional Design and what exactly do Instructional Designers do?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.slideshare.net/ejars/what-is-instructional-design   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Instructional Design is transforming evidence based pedagogical research and practice into course development. It aims to produce good learning experience for desired learning outcomes through appropriate use of learning technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers actively put the theory and research-based process of planning, developing, implementing, and evaluating instruction into action in each course design project they involved for better learning. Depending on the requests, instructional designers may work individually or with a project team which may include subject matter experts (SME’s) such as lead faculty members, course developers, graphic designers, and web programmers. Whether work individually or in collaboration with a project team as requested the process usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing overall curriculum and instructional needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyzing learner characteristics and background knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
* Establishing course goals and learning outcomes&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting logical course building blocks and sequence &lt;br /&gt;
* Developing instructional content, teaching activities, and assessments &lt;br /&gt;
* Building course on selected platform with appropriate use of learning technologies&lt;br /&gt;
* Implementing or observing the delivery of instruction &lt;br /&gt;
* Conducting formative and summative evaluations of the course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, Instructional Designers perform a wide variety of tasks, from course design to project management. The products they develop or facilitate in developing may range from assignment instructions to full course materials and/or entire curricula. The delivery system and learning technologies they help to choose to use in alignment with learning outcomes and in support to course content, teaching strategies, and assessments will vary from face-to-face classroom to blended and/or fully online courses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructional Designers at CTLT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional designers at CTLT are a group of dedicated professionals with background in Educational Technology, Curriculum, and Pedagogy. With experience of classroom teaching, instructional design, and PD facilitation, as skilled professionals, we can assist you by providing the following services:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Course Design and Development&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:* Consultation of course design &lt;br /&gt;
:* Design of new courses&lt;br /&gt;
:* Redesign of existing courses&lt;br /&gt;
:* Project management of course development&lt;br /&gt;
:* Feedback on course design&lt;br /&gt;
:* Quality review of course design &lt;br /&gt;
:* Training on course design&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Flexible Learning Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:* Proposal consultation and development&lt;br /&gt;
:* Support for planning, design, development, implementation and evaluation for transforming courses and programs in blended environments&lt;br /&gt;
:* Enhancing student engagement in teaching (Online/Blended/in Class)&lt;br /&gt;
:* Designing learning-centered activities and assessments&lt;br /&gt;
:* Support for media or technology selection and development (in consultation with other departments in UBC Teaching and Learning community)&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance Education Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing pedagogical guidance specifically for online content&lt;br /&gt;
:* Bringing evidence-based good practices for increasing student engagement and motivation in online environments&lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing expertise and support for editorial review and quality assurance for online courses&lt;br /&gt;
:* Support for teaching online (LMS/other educational technology tools)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design in CTLT, UBC Local timeline &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education  (correspondence education) (provide years) &lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education (online) (provide years)&lt;br /&gt;
Flexible Learning  (2013 onwards)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CTLT Instructional Design Models ==&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers in CTLT use a streamlined approach to design and development as evident in the diagrammatic representation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QAFinal-450px.jpg|Center|Course Development Cycle and Quality Assurance Elements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Frequently Asked Questions == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For faculty members and subject matter experts, the role of an instructional designer may seem mysterious. We use this section to answer questions which come up often in our line of work. If you have a question which is not addressed below, send it to us and we will be happy to answer!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why do I need to work with an ID? I am an expert in my field and the students need to learn the subject matter of the course they are taking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An instructional designer supports and enhances course development and teaching because he/she helps to focus on &lt;br /&gt;
* Articulating  of learning objectives (What is to be learned? How can we communicate it to the students at the outset?)&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing conditions for student engagement and learning (e.g., in class/online/in the community/ or field work placement)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing assessment strategies and tools which align with objectives &lt;br /&gt;
* Exploring and finding technology tools to support the learning environment  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Why is the Instructional Designer(ID) also called a Project Manager(PM) in CTLT? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional design models adopt a systematic approach to design and development of learning. An ID, when wearing the hat of a PM, brings the skills for managing timelines, resources, budget, varied skill sets/team members to achieve goals effectively. A project manager supports the principal/faculty lead/course author in teaching/course transformation/course creation in co-ordination, communication and problem solving in managing timelines and team functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How can I get the expertise/support of an ID in creating a new course/transforming a course?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In either of these contexts, faculty members should go through a proposal process for Flexible Learning or TLEF (jeff.miller@ubc.ca) or approach Distance Education &amp;amp; Instructional Design Support (chris.crowley@ubc.ca)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How do CTLT Instructional Designers stay abreast of evidence approaches to learning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The team of instructional designers in CTLT engage in a continuous process of ongoing review, reflection and improvement. The team keeps pace with the cutting edge research in the field of educational leadership and development and is a part of local, national and international communities of educational design/development professionals. The team actively participates in: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Flipped Lab (http://flippedlab.learning.ubc.ca/2014/02/05/negotiating-challenges-with-the-flipped-classroom/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Instructional Design Community of Practice (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/instructional-design/) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/scholarship-of-teaching-and-learning-sotl/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MOOCs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MOOC.png|thumb|Tony Bates at Instructional Design Community of Practice at UBC]]&lt;br /&gt;
MOOCs (Massive Open Online Courses) are teaching and learning tools that are available massively on a global scale to (theoretically) unlimited numbers of users, typically for free. Taught by university professors in a variety of fields, disciplines, and institutions MOOCs offer opportunities for learning, idea exchange, discussion, innovation, and experimentation. Though still in the experimental phase, MOOCs are rapidly becoming gateways to other learning, portals to new teaching technologies, avenues of thought on a global scale, and ways for teachers to publish their teaching. &lt;br /&gt;
At the University of British Columbia, MOOCs are experiments in teaching technologies and instructional design with the purpose of enhancing new in-class and online teaching, such as the flipped classroom and blended learning. MOOCs are imagined to be new methods of promoting the latest teaching initiatives and research being conducted at UBC. Faculty participants, as instructors and course designers, have the opportunity of receiving massive amounts of student feedback that can amount to more than the equivalent of decades of in-class feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about UBC MOOCs visit the links below:&lt;br /&gt;
* Current UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/current-and-upcoming-ubc-moocs/&lt;br /&gt;
* MOOCs Links http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/category/resources/moocs-links/&lt;br /&gt;
* Upcoming UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/four-ubc-moocs-to-be-developed-in-2014/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275322</id>
		<title>Sandbox:IDContent</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275322"/>
		<updated>2014-02-07T22:44:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Home page */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Home page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;What is Instructional Design?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design (also called Instructional Systems Design (ISD)) is the practice of creating &amp;quot;instructional experiences which make the acquisition of knowledge and skill more efficient, effective, and appealing”  ^ Merrill, M. D., Drake, L., Lacy, M. J., Pratt, J., &amp;amp; ID2_Research_Group. (1996). Reclaiming instructional design. Educational Technology, 36(5), 5-7.http://mdavidmerrill.com/Papers/Reclaiming.PDF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So what exactly is Instructional Design and what exactly do Instructional Designers do?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.slideshare.net/ejars/what-is-instructional-design   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Instructional Design is transforming evidence based pedagogical research and practice into course development. It aims to produce good learning experience for desired learning outcomes through appropriate use of learning technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers actively put the theory and research-based process of planning, developing, implementing, and evaluating instruction into action in each course design project they involved for better learning. Depending on the requests, instructional designers may work individually or with a project team which may include subject matter experts (SME’s) such as lead faculty members, course developers, graphic designers, and web programmers. Whether work individually or in collaboration with a project team as requested the process usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing overall curriculum and instructional needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyzing learner characteristics and background knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
* Establishing course goals and learning outcomes&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting logical course building blocks and sequence &lt;br /&gt;
* Developing instructional content, teaching activities, and assessments &lt;br /&gt;
* Building course on selected platform with appropriate use of learning technologies&lt;br /&gt;
* Implementing or observing the delivery of instruction &lt;br /&gt;
* Conducting formative and summative evaluations of the course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, Instructional Designers perform a wide variety of tasks, from course design to project management. The products they develop or facilitate in developing may range from assignment instructions to full course materials and/or entire curricula. The delivery system and learning technologies they help to choose to use in alignment with learning outcomes and in support to course content, teaching strategies, and assessments will vary from face-to-face classroom to blended and/or fully online courses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructional Designers at CTLT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional designers at CTLT are a group of dedicated professionals with background in Educational Technology, Curriculum, and Pedagogy. With experience of classroom teaching, instructional design, and PD facilitation, as skilled professionals, we can assist you by providing the following services:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Course Design and Development&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
:* Consultation of course design   &lt;br /&gt;
:* Design of new courses  &lt;br /&gt;
:* Redesign of existing courses  &lt;br /&gt;
:* Project management of course development  &lt;br /&gt;
:* Feedback on course design  &lt;br /&gt;
:* Quality review of course design   &lt;br /&gt;
:* Training on course design &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Flexible Learning Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:* Proposal consultation and development&lt;br /&gt;
:* Support for planning, design, development, implementation and evaluation for transforming courses and programs in blended environments&lt;br /&gt;
:* Enhancing student engagement in teaching (Online/Blended/in Class)&lt;br /&gt;
:* Designing learning-centered activities and assessments&lt;br /&gt;
:* Support for media or technology selection and development (in consultation with other departments in UBC Teaching and Learning community)&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance Education Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing pedagogical guidance specifically for online content&lt;br /&gt;
:* Bringing evidence-based good practices for increasing student engagement and motivation in online environments&lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing expertise and support for editorial review and quality assurance for online courses&lt;br /&gt;
:* Support for teaching online (LMS/other educational technology tools)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design in CTLT, UBC Local timeline &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education  (correspondence education) (provide years) &lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education (online) (provide years)&lt;br /&gt;
Flexible Learning  (2013 onwards)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CTLT Instructional Design Models ==&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers in CTLT use a streamlined approach to design and development as evident in the diagrammatic representation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QAFinal-450px.jpg|Center|Course Development Cycle and Quality Assurance Elements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Frequently Asked Questions == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For faculty members and subject matter experts, the role of an instructional designer may seem mysterious. We use this section to answer questions which come up often in our line of work. If you have a question which is not addressed below, send it to us and we will be happy to answer!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why do I need to work with an ID? I am an expert in my field and the students need to learn the subject matter of the course they are taking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An instructional designer supports and enhances course development and teaching because he/she helps to focus on &lt;br /&gt;
* Articulating  of learning objectives (What is to be learned? How can we communicate it to the students at the outset?)&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing conditions for student engagement and learning (e.g., in class/online/in the community/ or field work placement)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing assessment strategies and tools which align with objectives &lt;br /&gt;
* Exploring and finding technology tools to support the learning environment  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Why is the Instructional Designer(ID) also called a Project Manager(PM) in CTLT? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional design models adopt a systematic approach to design and development of learning. An ID, when wearing the hat of a PM, brings the skills for managing timelines, resources, budget, varied skill sets/team members to achieve goals effectively. A project manager supports the principal/faculty lead/course author in teaching/course transformation/course creation in co-ordination, communication and problem solving in managing timelines and team functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How can I get the expertise/support of an ID in creating a new course/transforming a course?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In either of these contexts, faculty members should go through a proposal process for Flexible Learning or TLEF (jeff.miller@ubc.ca) or approach Distance Education &amp;amp; Instructional Design Support (chris.crowley@ubc.ca)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How do CTLT Instructional Designers stay abreast of evidence approaches to learning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The team of instructional designers in CTLT engage in a continuous process of ongoing review, reflection and improvement. The team keeps pace with the cutting edge research in the field of educational leadership and development and is a part of local, national and international communities of educational design/development professionals. The team actively participates in: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Flipped Lab (http://flippedlab.learning.ubc.ca/2014/02/05/negotiating-challenges-with-the-flipped-classroom/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Instructional Design Community of Practice (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/instructional-design/) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/scholarship-of-teaching-and-learning-sotl/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MOOCs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MOOC.png|thumb|Tony Bates at Instructional Design Community of Practice at UBC]]&lt;br /&gt;
MOOCs (Massive Open Online Courses) are teaching and learning tools that are available massively on a global scale to (theoretically) unlimited numbers of users, typically for free. Taught by university professors in a variety of fields, disciplines, and institutions MOOCs offer opportunities for learning, idea exchange, discussion, innovation, and experimentation. Though still in the experimental phase, MOOCs are rapidly becoming gateways to other learning, portals to new teaching technologies, avenues of thought on a global scale, and ways for teachers to publish their teaching. &lt;br /&gt;
At the University of British Columbia, MOOCs are experiments in teaching technologies and instructional design with the purpose of enhancing new in-class and online teaching, such as the flipped classroom and blended learning. MOOCs are imagined to be new methods of promoting the latest teaching initiatives and research being conducted at UBC. Faculty participants, as instructors and course designers, have the opportunity of receiving massive amounts of student feedback that can amount to more than the equivalent of decades of in-class feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about UBC MOOCs visit the links below:&lt;br /&gt;
* Current UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/current-and-upcoming-ubc-moocs/&lt;br /&gt;
* MOOCs Links http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/category/resources/moocs-links/&lt;br /&gt;
* Upcoming UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/four-ubc-moocs-to-be-developed-in-2014/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275300</id>
		<title>Sandbox:IDContent</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275300"/>
		<updated>2014-02-07T18:52:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Home page */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Home page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;What is Instructional Design?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design (also called Instructional Systems Design (ISD)) is the practice of creating &amp;quot;instructional experiences which make the acquisition of knowledge and skill more efficient, effective, and appealing”  ^ Merrill, M. D., Drake, L., Lacy, M. J., Pratt, J., &amp;amp; ID2_Research_Group. (1996). Reclaiming instructional design. Educational Technology, 36(5), 5-7.http://mdavidmerrill.com/Papers/Reclaiming.PDF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So what exactly is Instructional Design and what exactly do Instructional Designers do?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.slideshare.net/ejars/what-is-instructional-design   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Instructional Design is transforming evidence based pedagogical research and practice into course development. It aims to produce good learning experience for desired learning outcomes through appropriate use of learning technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers actively put the theory and research-based process of planning, developing, implementing, and evaluating instruction into action in each course design project they involved for better learning. Depending on the requests, instructional designers may work individually or with a project team which may include subject matter experts (SME’s) such as lead faculty members, course developers, graphic designers, and web programmers. Whether work individually or in collaboration with a project team as requested the process usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing overall curriculum and instructional needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyzing learner characteristics and background knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
* Establishing course goals and learning outcomes&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting logical course building blocks and sequence &lt;br /&gt;
* Developing instructional content, teaching activities, and assessments &lt;br /&gt;
* Building course on selected platform with appropriate use of learning technologies&lt;br /&gt;
* Implementing or observing the delivery of instruction &lt;br /&gt;
* Conducting formative and summative evaluations of the course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, Instructional Designers perform a wide variety of tasks, from course design to project management. The products they develop or facilitate in developing may range from assignment instructions to full course materials and/or entire curricula. The delivery system and learning technologies they help to choose to use in alignment with learning outcomes and in support to course content, teaching strategies, and assessments will vary from face-to-face classroom to blended and/or fully online courses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructional Designers at CTLT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers at CTLT provide assistance with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Flexible Learning Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:* Proposal consultation and development&lt;br /&gt;
:* Support for planning, design, development, implementation and evaluation for transforming courses and programs in blended environments&lt;br /&gt;
:* Enhancing student engagement in teaching (Online/Blended/in Class)&lt;br /&gt;
:* Designing learning-centered activities and assessments&lt;br /&gt;
:* Support for media or technology selection and development (in consultation with other departments in UBC Teaching and Learning community)&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance Education Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing pedagogical guidance specifically for online content&lt;br /&gt;
:* Bringing evidence-based good practices for increasing student engagement and motivation in online environments&lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing expertise and support for editorial review and quality assurance for online courses&lt;br /&gt;
:* Support for teaching online (LMS/other educational technology tools)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design in CTLT, UBC Local timeline &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education  (correspondence education) (provide years) &lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education (online) (provide years)&lt;br /&gt;
Flexible Learning  (2013 onwards)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CTLT Instructional Design Models ==&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers in CTLT use a streamlined approach to design and development as evident in the diagrammatic representation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QAFinal-450px.jpg|Center|Course Development Cycle and Quality Assurance Elements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Frequently Asked Questions == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For faculty members and subject matter experts, the role of an instructional designer may seem mysterious. We use this section to answer questions which come up often in our line of work. If you have a question which is not addressed below, send it to us and we will be happy to answer!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why do I need to work with an ID? I am an expert in my field and the students need to learn the subject matter of the course they are taking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An instructional designer supports and enhances course development and teaching because he/she helps to focus on &lt;br /&gt;
* Articulating  of learning objectives (What is to be learned? How can we communicate it to the students at the outset?)&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing conditions for student engagement and learning (e.g., in class/online/in the community/ or field work placement)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing assessment strategies and tools which align with objectives &lt;br /&gt;
* Exploring and finding technology tools to support the learning environment  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Why is the Instructional Designer(ID) also called a Project Manager(PM) in CTLT? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional design models adopt a systematic approach to design and development of learning. An ID, when wearing the hat of a PM, brings the skills for managing timelines, resources, budget, varied skill sets/team members to achieve goals effectively. A project manager supports the principal/faculty lead/course author in teaching/course transformation/course creation in co-ordination, communication and problem solving in managing timelines and team functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How can I get the expertise/support of an ID in creating a new course/transforming a course?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In either of these contexts, faculty members should go through a proposal process for Flexible Learning or TLEF (jeff.miller@ubc.ca) or approach Distance Education &amp;amp; Instructional Design Support (chris.crowley@ubc.ca)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How do CTLT Instructional Designers stay abreast of evidence approaches to learning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The team of instructional designers in CTLT engage in a continuous process of ongoing review, reflection and improvement. The team keeps pace with the cutting edge research in the field of educational leadership and development and is a part of local, national and international communities of educational design/development professionals. The team actively participates in: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Flipped Lab (http://flippedlab.learning.ubc.ca/2014/02/05/negotiating-challenges-with-the-flipped-classroom/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Instructional Design Community of Practice (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/instructional-design/) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/scholarship-of-teaching-and-learning-sotl/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MOOCs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MOOC.png|thumb|Tony Bates at Instructional Design Community of Practice at UBC]]&lt;br /&gt;
MOOCs (Massive Open Online Courses) are teaching and learning tools that are available massively on a global scale to (theoretically) unlimited numbers of users, typically for free. Taught by university professors in a variety of fields, disciplines, and institutions MOOCs offer opportunities for learning, idea exchange, discussion, innovation, and experimentation. Though still in the experimental phase, MOOCs are rapidly becoming gateways to other learning, portals to new teaching technologies, avenues of thought on a global scale, and ways for teachers to publish their teaching. &lt;br /&gt;
At the University of British Columbia, MOOCs are experiments in teaching technologies and instructional design with the purpose of enhancing new in-class and online teaching, such as the flipped classroom and blended learning. MOOCs are imagined to be new methods of promoting the latest teaching initiatives and research being conducted at UBC. Faculty participants, as instructors and course designers, have the opportunity of receiving massive amounts of student feedback that can amount to more than the equivalent of decades of in-class feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about UBC MOOCs visit the links below:&lt;br /&gt;
* Current UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/current-and-upcoming-ubc-moocs/&lt;br /&gt;
* MOOCs Links http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/category/resources/moocs-links/&lt;br /&gt;
* Upcoming UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/four-ubc-moocs-to-be-developed-in-2014/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275298</id>
		<title>Sandbox:IDContent</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275298"/>
		<updated>2014-02-07T18:24:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Home page */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Home page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;What is Instructional Design?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design (also called Instructional Systems Design (ISD)) is the practice of creating &amp;quot;instructional experiences which make the acquisition of knowledge and skill more efficient, effective, and appealing”  ^ Merrill, M. D., Drake, L., Lacy, M. J., Pratt, J., &amp;amp; ID2_Research_Group. (1996). Reclaiming instructional design. Educational Technology, 36(5), 5-7.http://mdavidmerrill.com/Papers/Reclaiming.PDF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So what exactly is Instructional Design and what exactly do Instructional Designers do?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.slideshare.net/ejars/what-is-instructional-design   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Instructional Design is transforming evidence based pedagogical research and practice into course development. It aims to produce good learning experience for desired learning outcomes through appropriate use of learning technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers actively put the theory and research-based process of planning, developing, implementing, and evaluating instruction for better learning into action in each course design project they involved. Depending on the requests, instructional designers may work individually or with a project team which may include subject matter experts (SME’s) such as lead faculty members, course developers, graphic designers, and web programmers. Whether work individually or in collaboration with a project team as requested the process usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing overall curriculum and instructional needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyzing learner characteristics and background knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
* Establishing course goals and learning outcomes&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting logical course building blocks and sequence &lt;br /&gt;
* Developing instructional content, teaching activities, and assessments &lt;br /&gt;
* Building course on selected platform with appropriate use of learning technologies&lt;br /&gt;
* Implementing or observing the delivery of instruction &lt;br /&gt;
* Conducting formative and summative evaluations of the course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, Instructional Designers perform a wide variety of tasks, from course design to project management. The products they develop or facilitate in developing may range from assignment instructions to full course materials and/or entire curricula. The delivery system and learning technologies they help to choose to use in alignment with learning outcomes and in support to course content, teaching strategies, and assessments will vary from face-to-face classroom to blended and/or fully online courses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructional Designers at CTLT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers at CTLT provide assistance with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Flexible Learning Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:* Proposal consultation and development&lt;br /&gt;
:* Support for planning, design, development, implementation and evaluation for transforming courses and programs in blended environments&lt;br /&gt;
:* Enhancing student engagement in teaching (Online/Blended/in Class)&lt;br /&gt;
:* Designing learning-centered activities and assessments&lt;br /&gt;
:* Support for media or technology selection and development (in consultation with other departments in UBC Teaching and Learning community)&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance Education Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing pedagogical guidance specifically for online content&lt;br /&gt;
:* Bringing evidence-based good practices for increasing student engagement and motivation in online environments&lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing expertise and support for editorial review and quality assurance for online courses&lt;br /&gt;
:* Support for teaching online (LMS/other educational technology tools)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design in CTLT, UBC Local timeline &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education  (correspondence education) (provide years) &lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education (online) (provide years)&lt;br /&gt;
Flexible Learning  (2013 onwards)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CTLT Instructional Design Models ==&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers in CTLT use a streamlined approach to design and development as evident in the diagrammatic representation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QAFinal-450px.jpg|Center|Course Development Cycle and Quality Assurance Elements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Frequently Asked Questions == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For faculty members and subject matter experts, the role of an instructional designer may seem mysterious. We use this section to answer questions which come up often in our line of work. If you have a question which is not addressed below, send it to us and we will be happy to answer!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why do I need to work with an ID? I am an expert in my field and the students need to learn the subject matter of the course they are taking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An instructional designer supports and enhances course development and teaching because he/she helps to focus on &lt;br /&gt;
* Articulating  of learning objectives (What is to be learned? How can we communicate it to the students at the outset?)&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing conditions for student engagement and learning (e.g., in class/online/in the community/ or field work placement)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing assessment strategies and tools which align with objectives &lt;br /&gt;
* Exploring and finding technology tools to support the learning environment  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Why is the Instructional Designer(ID) also called a Project Manager(PM) in CTLT? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional design models adopt a systematic approach to design and development of learning. An ID, when wearing the hat of a PM, brings the skills for managing timelines, resources, budget, varied skill sets/team members to achieve goals effectively. A project manager supports the principal/faculty lead/course author in teaching/course transformation/course creation in co-ordination, communication and problem solving in managing timelines and team functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How can I get the expertise/support of an ID in creating a new course/transforming a course?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In either of these contexts, faculty members should go through a proposal process for Flexible Learning or TLEF (jeff.miller@ubc.ca) or approach Distance Education &amp;amp; Instructional Design Support (chris.crowley@ubc.ca)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How do CTLT Instructional Designers stay abreast of evidence approaches to learning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The team of instructional designers in CTLT engage in a continuous process of ongoing review, reflection and improvement. The team keeps pace with the cutting edge research in the field of educational leadership and development and is a part of local, national and international communities of educational design/development professionals. The team actively participates in: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Flipped Lab (http://flippedlab.learning.ubc.ca/2014/02/05/negotiating-challenges-with-the-flipped-classroom/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Instructional Design Community of Practice (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/instructional-design/) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/scholarship-of-teaching-and-learning-sotl/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MOOCs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MOOC.png|thumb|Tony Bates at Instructional Design Community of Practice at UBC]]&lt;br /&gt;
MOOCs (Massive Open Online Courses) are teaching and learning tools that are available massively on a global scale to (theoretically) unlimited numbers of users, typically for free. Taught by university professors in a variety of fields, disciplines, and institutions MOOCs offer opportunities for learning, idea exchange, discussion, innovation, and experimentation. Though still in the experimental phase, MOOCs are rapidly becoming gateways to other learning, portals to new teaching technologies, avenues of thought on a global scale, and ways for teachers to publish their teaching. &lt;br /&gt;
At the University of British Columbia, MOOCs are experiments in teaching technologies and instructional design with the purpose of enhancing new in-class and online teaching, such as the flipped classroom and blended learning. MOOCs are imagined to be new methods of promoting the latest teaching initiatives and research being conducted at UBC. Faculty participants, as instructors and course designers, have the opportunity of receiving massive amounts of student feedback that can amount to more than the equivalent of decades of in-class feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about UBC MOOCs visit the links below:&lt;br /&gt;
* Current UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/current-and-upcoming-ubc-moocs/&lt;br /&gt;
* MOOCs Links http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/category/resources/moocs-links/&lt;br /&gt;
* Upcoming UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/four-ubc-moocs-to-be-developed-in-2014/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275296</id>
		<title>Sandbox:IDContent</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275296"/>
		<updated>2014-02-07T18:12:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Home page */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Home page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;What is Instructional Design?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design (also called Instructional Systems Design (ISD)) is the practice of creating &amp;quot;instructional experiences which make the acquisition of knowledge and skill more efficient, effective, and appealing”  ^ Merrill, M. D., Drake, L., Lacy, M. J., Pratt, J., &amp;amp; ID2_Research_Group. (1996). Reclaiming instructional design. Educational Technology, 36(5), 5-7.http://mdavidmerrill.com/Papers/Reclaiming.PDF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So what exactly is Instructional Design and what exactly do Instructional Designers do?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.slideshare.net/ejars/what-is-instructional-design   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Instructional Design is transforming evidence based pedagogical research and practice into course development. It aims to produce good learning experience for desired learning outcomes through appropriate use of learning technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers actively involves in theory and research-based process of planning, developing, implementing, and evaluating instruction for better learning. Depending on the requests, instructional designers may work individually or with a project team which may include subject matter experts (SME’s) such as lead faculty members, course developers, graphic designers, and web programmers. Whether work individually or in collaboration with a project team as requested the process usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing overall curriculum and instructional needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyzing learner characteristics and background knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
* Establishing course goals and learning outcomes&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting logical course building blocks and sequence &lt;br /&gt;
* Developing instructional content, teaching activities, and assessments &lt;br /&gt;
* Building course on selected platform with appropriate use of learning technologies&lt;br /&gt;
* Implementing or observing the delivery of instruction &lt;br /&gt;
* Conducting formative and summative evaluations of the course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, Instructional Designers perform a wide variety of tasks, from course design to project management. The products they develop or facilitate in developing may range from assignment instructions to full course materials and/or entire curricula. The delivery system and learning technologies they help to choose to use in alignment with learning outcomes and in support to course content, teaching strategies, and assessments will vary from face-to-face classroom to blended and/or fully online courses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructional Designers at CTLT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers at CTLT provide assistance with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Flexible Learning Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:* Proposal consultation and development&lt;br /&gt;
:* Support for planning, design, development, implementation and evaluation for transforming courses and programs in blended environments&lt;br /&gt;
:* Enhancing student engagement in teaching (Online/Blended/in Class)&lt;br /&gt;
:* Designing learning-centered activities and assessments&lt;br /&gt;
:* Support for media or technology selection and development (in consultation with other departments in UBC Teaching and Learning community)&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance Education Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing pedagogical guidance specifically for online content&lt;br /&gt;
:* Bringing evidence-based good practices for increasing student engagement and motivation in online environments&lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing expertise and support for editorial review and quality assurance for online courses&lt;br /&gt;
:* Support for teaching online (LMS/other educational technology tools)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design in CTLT, UBC Local timeline &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education  (correspondence education) (provide years) &lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education (online) (provide years)&lt;br /&gt;
Flexible Learning  (2013 onwards)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CTLT Instructional Design Models ==&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers in CTLT use a streamlined approach to design and development as evident in the diagrammatic representation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QAFinal-450px.jpg|Center|Course Development Cycle and Quality Assurance Elements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Frequently Asked Questions == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For faculty members and subject matter experts, the role of an instructional designer may seem mysterious. We use this section to answer questions which come up often in our line of work. If you have a question which is not addressed below, send it to us and we will be happy to answer!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why do I need to work with an ID? I am an expert in my field and the students need to learn the subject matter of the course they are taking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An instructional designer supports and enhances course development and teaching because he/she helps to focus on &lt;br /&gt;
* Articulating  of learning objectives (What is to be learned? How can we communicate it to the students at the outset?)&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing conditions for student engagement and learning (e.g., in class/online/in the community/ or field work placement)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing assessment strategies and tools which align with objectives &lt;br /&gt;
* Exploring and finding technology tools to support the learning environment  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Why is the Instructional Designer(ID) also called a Project Manager(PM) in CTLT? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional design models adopt a systematic approach to design and development of learning. An ID, when wearing the hat of a PM, brings the skills for managing timelines, resources, budget, varied skill sets/team members to achieve goals effectively. A project manager supports the principal/faculty lead/course author in teaching/course transformation/course creation in co-ordination, communication and problem solving in managing timelines and team functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How can I get the expertise/support of an ID in creating a new course/transforming a course?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In either of these contexts, faculty members should go through a proposal process for Flexible Learning or TLEF (jeff.miller@ubc.ca) or approach Distance Education &amp;amp; Instructional Design Support (chris.crowley@ubc.ca)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How do CTLT Instructional Designers stay abreast of evidence approaches to learning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The team of instructional designers in CTLT engage in a continuous process of ongoing review, reflection and improvement. The team keeps pace with the cutting edge research in the field of educational leadership and development and is a part of local, national and international communities of educational design/development professionals. The team actively participates in: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Flipped Lab (http://flippedlab.learning.ubc.ca/2014/02/05/negotiating-challenges-with-the-flipped-classroom/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Instructional Design Community of Practice (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/instructional-design/) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/scholarship-of-teaching-and-learning-sotl/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MOOCs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MOOC.png|thumb|Tony Bates at Instructional Design Community of Practice at UBC]]&lt;br /&gt;
MOOCs (Massive Open Online Courses) are teaching and learning tools that are available massively on a global scale to (theoretically) unlimited numbers of users, typically for free. Taught by university professors in a variety of fields, disciplines, and institutions MOOCs offer opportunities for learning, idea exchange, discussion, innovation, and experimentation. Though still in the experimental phase, MOOCs are rapidly becoming gateways to other learning, portals to new teaching technologies, avenues of thought on a global scale, and ways for teachers to publish their teaching. &lt;br /&gt;
At the University of British Columbia, MOOCs are experiments in teaching technologies and instructional design with the purpose of enhancing new in-class and online teaching, such as the flipped classroom and blended learning. MOOCs are imagined to be new methods of promoting the latest teaching initiatives and research being conducted at UBC. Faculty participants, as instructors and course designers, have the opportunity of receiving massive amounts of student feedback that can amount to more than the equivalent of decades of in-class feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about UBC MOOCs visit the links below:&lt;br /&gt;
* Current UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/current-and-upcoming-ubc-moocs/&lt;br /&gt;
* MOOCs Links http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/category/resources/moocs-links/&lt;br /&gt;
* Upcoming UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/four-ubc-moocs-to-be-developed-in-2014/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275294</id>
		<title>Sandbox:IDContent</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275294"/>
		<updated>2014-02-07T18:08:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Home page */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Home page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;What is Instructional Design?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design (also called Instructional Systems Design (ISD)) is the practice of creating &amp;quot;instructional experiences which make the acquisition of knowledge and skill more efficient, effective, and appealing”  ^ Merrill, M. D., Drake, L., Lacy, M. J., Pratt, J., &amp;amp; ID2_Research_Group. (1996). Reclaiming instructional design. Educational Technology, 36(5), 5-7.http://mdavidmerrill.com/Papers/Reclaiming.PDF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So what exactly is Instructional Design and what exactly do Instructional Designers do?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.slideshare.net/ejars/what-is-instructional-design   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Instructional Design is transforming evidence based pedagogical research and practice into course development. It aims to produce good learning experience for desired learning outcomes through appropriate use of learning technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers actively involves in theory and research-based process of planning, developing, implementing, and evaluating instruction for better learning. Depending on the requests, instructional designers may work individually or with a project team which may include subject matter experts (SME’s) such as lead faculty members, course developers, graphic designers, and web programmers. Whether work individually or in collaboration with a project team as requested the process usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing overall curriculum and instructional needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyzing learner characteristics and background knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
* Establishing course goals and learning outcomes&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting logical course building blocks and sequence &lt;br /&gt;
* Developing instructional content, teaching activities, and assessments &lt;br /&gt;
* Building course on selected platform with appropriate use of learning technologies&lt;br /&gt;
* Implementing or observing the delivery of instruction &lt;br /&gt;
* Conducting formative and summative evaluations of the course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, Instructional Designers perform a wide variety of tasks, from course design to project management. The products they develop or assist in developing may range from training materials to full course materials and/or entire curricula. The delivery system and learning technologies they help to choose to use in alignment with learning outcomes and in support to course content, teaching strategies, and assessments will vary from face-to-face classroom to blended and/or fully online courses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructional Designers at CTLT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers at CTLT provide assistance with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Flexible Learning Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:* Proposal consultation and development&lt;br /&gt;
:* Support for planning, design, development, implementation and evaluation for transforming courses and programs in blended environments&lt;br /&gt;
:* Enhancing student engagement in teaching (Online/Blended/in Class)&lt;br /&gt;
:* Designing learning-centered activities and assessments&lt;br /&gt;
:* Support for media or technology selection and development (in consultation with other departments in UBC Teaching and Learning community)&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance Education Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing pedagogical guidance specifically for online content&lt;br /&gt;
:* Bringing evidence-based good practices for increasing student engagement and motivation in online environments&lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing expertise and support for editorial review and quality assurance for online courses&lt;br /&gt;
:* Support for teaching online (LMS/other educational technology tools)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design in CTLT, UBC Local timeline &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education  (correspondence education) (provide years) &lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education (online) (provide years)&lt;br /&gt;
Flexible Learning  (2013 onwards)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CTLT Instructional Design Models ==&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers in CTLT use a streamlined approach to design and development as evident in the diagrammatic representation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QAFinal-450px.jpg|Center|Course Development Cycle and Quality Assurance Elements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Frequently Asked Questions == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For faculty members and subject matter experts, the role of an instructional designer may seem mysterious. We use this section to answer questions which come up often in our line of work. If you have a question which is not addressed below, send it to us and we will be happy to answer!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why do I need to work with an ID? I am an expert in my field and the students need to learn the subject matter of the course they are taking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An instructional designer supports and enhances course development and teaching because he/she helps to focus on &lt;br /&gt;
* Articulating  of learning objectives (What is to be learned? How can we communicate it to the students at the outset?)&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing conditions for student engagement and learning (e.g., in class/online/in the community/ or field work placement)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing assessment strategies and tools which align with objectives &lt;br /&gt;
* Exploring and finding technology tools to support the learning environment  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Why is the Instructional Designer(ID) also called a Project Manager(PM) in CTLT? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional design models adopt a systematic approach to design and development of learning. An ID, when wearing the hat of a PM, brings the skills for managing timelines, resources, budget, varied skill sets/team members to achieve goals effectively. A project manager supports the principal/faculty lead/course author in teaching/course transformation/course creation in co-ordination, communication and problem solving in managing timelines and team functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How can I get the expertise/support of an ID in creating a new course/transforming a course?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In either of these contexts, faculty members should go through a proposal process for Flexible Learning or TLEF (jeff.miller@ubc.ca) or approach Distance Education &amp;amp; Instructional Design Support (chris.crowley@ubc.ca)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How do CTLT Instructional Designers stay abreast of evidence approaches to learning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The team of instructional designers in CTLT engage in a continuous process of ongoing review, reflection and improvement. The team keeps pace with the cutting edge research in the field of educational leadership and development and is a part of local, national and international communities of educational design/development professionals. The team actively participates in: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Flipped Lab (http://flippedlab.learning.ubc.ca/2014/02/05/negotiating-challenges-with-the-flipped-classroom/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Instructional Design Community of Practice (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/instructional-design/) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/scholarship-of-teaching-and-learning-sotl/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MOOCs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MOOC.png|thumb|Tony Bates at Instructional Design Community of Practice at UBC]]&lt;br /&gt;
MOOCs (Massive Open Online Courses) are teaching and learning tools that are available massively on a global scale to (theoretically) unlimited numbers of users, typically for free. Taught by university professors in a variety of fields, disciplines, and institutions MOOCs offer opportunities for learning, idea exchange, discussion, innovation, and experimentation. Though still in the experimental phase, MOOCs are rapidly becoming gateways to other learning, portals to new teaching technologies, avenues of thought on a global scale, and ways for teachers to publish their teaching. &lt;br /&gt;
At the University of British Columbia, MOOCs are experiments in teaching technologies and instructional design with the purpose of enhancing new in-class and online teaching, such as the flipped classroom and blended learning. MOOCs are imagined to be new methods of promoting the latest teaching initiatives and research being conducted at UBC. Faculty participants, as instructors and course designers, have the opportunity of receiving massive amounts of student feedback that can amount to more than the equivalent of decades of in-class feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about UBC MOOCs visit the links below:&lt;br /&gt;
* Current UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/current-and-upcoming-ubc-moocs/&lt;br /&gt;
* MOOCs Links http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/category/resources/moocs-links/&lt;br /&gt;
* Upcoming UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/four-ubc-moocs-to-be-developed-in-2014/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275293</id>
		<title>Sandbox:IDContent</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275293"/>
		<updated>2014-02-07T18:01:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Home page */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Home page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;What is Instructional Design?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design (also called Instructional Systems Design (ISD)) is the practice of creating &amp;quot;instructional experiences which make the acquisition of knowledge and skill more efficient, effective, and appealing”  ^ Merrill, M. D., Drake, L., Lacy, M. J., Pratt, J., &amp;amp; ID2_Research_Group. (1996). Reclaiming instructional design. Educational Technology, 36(5), 5-7.http://mdavidmerrill.com/Papers/Reclaiming.PDF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So what exactly is Instructional Design and what exactly do Instructional Designers do?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.slideshare.net/ejars/what-is-instructional-design   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Instructional Design is transforming evidence based pedagogical research and practice into course development. It aims to produce good learning experience for desired learning outcomes through appropriate use of learning technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers actively involves in theory and research-based process of planning, developing, implementing, and evaluating instruction for better learning. Depending on the requests, instructional designers may work individually or with a project team which may include subject matter experts (SME’s) such as lead faculty members, course developers, graphic designers, and web programmers. Whether work individually or in collaboration with a project team as requested the process usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing overall curriculum and instructional needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyzing learner characteristics and background knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
* Establishing course goals and learning outcomes&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting logical course building blocks and sequence &lt;br /&gt;
* Developing instructional content, teaching activities, and assessments &lt;br /&gt;
* Building course on selected platform with appropriate use of learning technologies&lt;br /&gt;
* Implementing or observing the delivery of instruction &lt;br /&gt;
* Conducting formative and summative evaluations of the course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, Instructional Designers perform a wide variety of tasks, from course design to project management. The products they produce or assist in producing may range from training materials to full course materials and/or entire curricula. The delivery system and learning technologies they help to choose to use in alignment with learning outcomes and in support to course content, teaching strategies, and assessments will vary from face-to-face classroom to blended and/or fully online courses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructional Designers at CTLT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers at CTLT provide assistance with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Flexible Learning Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:* Proposal consultation and development&lt;br /&gt;
:* Support for planning, design, development, implementation and evaluation for transforming courses and programs in blended environments&lt;br /&gt;
:* Enhancing student engagement in teaching (Online/Blended/in Class)&lt;br /&gt;
:* Designing learning-centered activities and assessments&lt;br /&gt;
:* Support for media or technology selection and development (in consultation with other departments in UBC Teaching and Learning community)&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance Education Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing pedagogical guidance specifically for online content&lt;br /&gt;
:* Bringing evidence-based good practices for increasing student engagement and motivation in online environments&lt;br /&gt;
:* Providing expertise and support for editorial review and quality assurance for online courses&lt;br /&gt;
:* Support for teaching online (LMS/other educational technology tools)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design in CTLT, UBC Local timeline &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education  (correspondence education) (provide years) &lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education (online) (provide years)&lt;br /&gt;
Flexible Learning  (2013 onwards)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CTLT Instructional Design Models ==&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers in CTLT use a streamlined approach to design and development as evident in the diagrammatic representation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QAFinal-450px.jpg|Center|Course Development Cycle and Quality Assurance Elements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Frequently Asked Questions == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For faculty members and subject matter experts, the role of an instructional designer may seem mysterious. We use this section to answer questions which come up often in our line of work. If you have a question which is not addressed below, send it to us and we will be happy to answer!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why do I need to work with an ID? I am an expert in my field and the students need to learn the subject matter of the course they are taking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An instructional designer supports and enhances course development and teaching because he/she helps to focus on &lt;br /&gt;
* Articulating  of learning objectives (What is to be learned? How can we communicate it to the students at the outset?)&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing conditions for student engagement and learning (e.g., in class/online/in the community/ or field work placement)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing assessment strategies and tools which align with objectives &lt;br /&gt;
* Exploring and finding technology tools to support the learning environment  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Why is the Instructional Designer(ID) also called a Project Manager(PM) in CTLT? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional design models adopt a systematic approach to design and development of learning. An ID, when wearing the hat of a PM, brings the skills for managing timelines, resources, budget, varied skill sets/team members to achieve goals effectively. A project manager supports the principal/faculty lead/course author in teaching/course transformation/course creation in co-ordination, communication and problem solving in managing timelines and team functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How can I get the expertise/support of an ID in creating a new course/transforming a course?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In either of these contexts, faculty members should go through a proposal process for Flexible Learning or TLEF (jeff.miller@ubc.ca) or approach Distance Education &amp;amp; Instructional Design Support (chris.crowley@ubc.ca)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How do CTLT Instructional Designers stay abreast of evidence approaches to learning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The team of instructional designers in CTLT engage in a continuous process of ongoing review, reflection and improvement. The team keeps pace with the cutting edge research in the field of educational leadership and development and is a part of local, national and international communities of educational design/development professionals. The team actively participates in: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Flipped Lab (http://flippedlab.learning.ubc.ca/2014/02/05/negotiating-challenges-with-the-flipped-classroom/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Instructional Design Community of Practice (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/instructional-design/) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/scholarship-of-teaching-and-learning-sotl/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MOOCs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MOOC.png|thumb|Tony Bates at Instructional Design Community of Practice at UBC]]&lt;br /&gt;
MOOCs (Massive Open Online Courses) are teaching and learning tools that are available massively on a global scale to (theoretically) unlimited numbers of users, typically for free. Taught by university professors in a variety of fields, disciplines, and institutions MOOCs offer opportunities for learning, idea exchange, discussion, innovation, and experimentation. Though still in the experimental phase, MOOCs are rapidly becoming gateways to other learning, portals to new teaching technologies, avenues of thought on a global scale, and ways for teachers to publish their teaching. &lt;br /&gt;
At the University of British Columbia, MOOCs are experiments in teaching technologies and instructional design with the purpose of enhancing new in-class and online teaching, such as the flipped classroom and blended learning. MOOCs are imagined to be new methods of promoting the latest teaching initiatives and research being conducted at UBC. Faculty participants, as instructors and course designers, have the opportunity of receiving massive amounts of student feedback that can amount to more than the equivalent of decades of in-class feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about UBC MOOCs visit the links below:&lt;br /&gt;
* Current UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/current-and-upcoming-ubc-moocs/&lt;br /&gt;
* MOOCs Links http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/category/resources/moocs-links/&lt;br /&gt;
* Upcoming UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/four-ubc-moocs-to-be-developed-in-2014/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275292</id>
		<title>Sandbox:IDContent</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275292"/>
		<updated>2014-02-07T17:59:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Home page */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Home page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;What is Instructional Design?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design (also called Instructional Systems Design (ISD)) is the practice of creating &amp;quot;instructional experiences which make the acquisition of knowledge and skill more efficient, effective, and appealing”  ^ Merrill, M. D., Drake, L., Lacy, M. J., Pratt, J., &amp;amp; ID2_Research_Group. (1996). Reclaiming instructional design. Educational Technology, 36(5), 5-7.http://mdavidmerrill.com/Papers/Reclaiming.PDF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So what exactly is Instructional Design and what exactly do Instructional Designers do?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.slideshare.net/ejars/what-is-instructional-design   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Instructional Design is transforming evidence based pedagogical research and practice into course development. It aims to produce good learning experience for desired learning outcomes through appropriate use of learning technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers actively involves in theory and research-based process of planning, developing, implementing, and evaluating instruction for better learning. Depending on the requests, instructional designers may work individually or with a project team which may include subject matter experts (SME’s) such as lead faculty members, course developers, graphic designers, and web programmers. Whether work individually or in collaboration with a project team as requested the process usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing overall curriculum and instructional needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyzing learner characteristics and background knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
* Establishing course goals and learning outcomes&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting logical course building blocks and sequence &lt;br /&gt;
* Developing instructional content, teaching activities, and assessments &lt;br /&gt;
* Building course on selected platform with appropriate use of learning technologies&lt;br /&gt;
* Implementing or observing the delivery of instruction &lt;br /&gt;
* Conducting formative and summative evaluations of the course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, Instructional Designers perform a wide variety of tasks, from course design to project management. The products they produce or assist in producing may range from training materials to full course materials and/or entire curricula. The delivery system and learning technologies they help to choose to use in alignment with learning outcomes and in support to course content, teaching strategies, and assessments will vary from face-to-face classroom to blended and/or fully online courses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructional Designers at CTLT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers at CTLT provide assistance with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Flexible Learning Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Proposal consultation and development&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for planning, design, development, implementation and evaluation for transforming courses and programs in blended environments&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing student engagement in teaching (Online/Blended/in Class)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing learning-centered activities and assessments&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for media or technology selection and development (in consultation with other departments in UBC Teaching and Learning community)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance Education Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Providing pedagogical guidance specifically for online content&lt;br /&gt;
* Bringing evidence-based good practices for increasing student engagement and motivation in online environments&lt;br /&gt;
* Providing expertise and support for editorial review and quality assurance for online courses&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for teaching online (LMS/other educational technology tools)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design in CTLT, UBC Local timeline &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education  (correspondence education) (provide years) &lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education (online) (provide years)&lt;br /&gt;
Flexible Learning  (2013 onwards)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CTLT Instructional Design Models ==&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers in CTLT use a streamlined approach to design and development as evident in the diagrammatic representation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QAFinal-450px.jpg|Center|Course Development Cycle and Quality Assurance Elements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Frequently Asked Questions == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For faculty members and subject matter experts, the role of an instructional designer may seem mysterious. We use this section to answer questions which come up often in our line of work. If you have a question which is not addressed below, send it to us and we will be happy to answer!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why do I need to work with an ID? I am an expert in my field and the students need to learn the subject matter of the course they are taking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An instructional designer supports and enhances course development and teaching because he/she helps to focus on &lt;br /&gt;
* Articulating  of learning objectives (What is to be learned? How can we communicate it to the students at the outset?)&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing conditions for student engagement and learning (e.g., in class/online/in the community/ or field work placement)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing assessment strategies and tools which align with objectives &lt;br /&gt;
* Exploring and finding technology tools to support the learning environment  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Why is the Instructional Designer(ID) also called a Project Manager(PM) in CTLT? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional design models adopt a systematic approach to design and development of learning. An ID, when wearing the hat of a PM, brings the skills for managing timelines, resources, budget, varied skill sets/team members to achieve goals effectively. A project manager supports the principal/faculty lead/course author in teaching/course transformation/course creation in co-ordination, communication and problem solving in managing timelines and team functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How can I get the expertise/support of an ID in creating a new course/transforming a course?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In either of these contexts, faculty members should go through a proposal process for Flexible Learning or TLEF (jeff.miller@ubc.ca) or approach Distance Education &amp;amp; Instructional Design Support (chris.crowley@ubc.ca)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How do CTLT Instructional Designers stay abreast of evidence approaches to learning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The team of instructional designers in CTLT engage in a continuous process of ongoing review, reflection and improvement. The team keeps pace with the cutting edge research in the field of educational leadership and development and is a part of local, national and international communities of educational design/development professionals. The team actively participates in: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Flipped Lab (http://flippedlab.learning.ubc.ca/2014/02/05/negotiating-challenges-with-the-flipped-classroom/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Instructional Design Community of Practice (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/instructional-design/) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/scholarship-of-teaching-and-learning-sotl/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MOOCs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MOOC.png|thumb|Tony Bates at Instructional Design Community of Practice at UBC]]&lt;br /&gt;
MOOCs (Massive Open Online Courses) are teaching and learning tools that are available massively on a global scale to (theoretically) unlimited numbers of users, typically for free. Taught by university professors in a variety of fields, disciplines, and institutions MOOCs offer opportunities for learning, idea exchange, discussion, innovation, and experimentation. Though still in the experimental phase, MOOCs are rapidly becoming gateways to other learning, portals to new teaching technologies, avenues of thought on a global scale, and ways for teachers to publish their teaching. &lt;br /&gt;
At the University of British Columbia, MOOCs are experiments in teaching technologies and instructional design with the purpose of enhancing new in-class and online teaching, such as the flipped classroom and blended learning. MOOCs are imagined to be new methods of promoting the latest teaching initiatives and research being conducted at UBC. Faculty participants, as instructors and course designers, have the opportunity of receiving massive amounts of student feedback that can amount to more than the equivalent of decades of in-class feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about UBC MOOCs visit the links below:&lt;br /&gt;
* Current UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/current-and-upcoming-ubc-moocs/&lt;br /&gt;
* MOOCs Links http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/category/resources/moocs-links/&lt;br /&gt;
* Upcoming UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/four-ubc-moocs-to-be-developed-in-2014/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275290</id>
		<title>Sandbox:IDContent</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275290"/>
		<updated>2014-02-07T17:46:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Home page */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Home page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;What is Instructional Design?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design (also called Instructional Systems Design (ISD)) is the practice of creating &amp;quot;instructional experiences which make the acquisition of knowledge and skill more efficient, effective, and appealing”  ^ Merrill, M. D., Drake, L., Lacy, M. J., Pratt, J., &amp;amp; ID2_Research_Group. (1996). Reclaiming instructional design. Educational Technology, 36(5), 5-7.http://mdavidmerrill.com/Papers/Reclaiming.PDF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So what exactly is Instructional Design and what exactly do Instructional Designers do?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.slideshare.net/ejars/what-is-instructional-design   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Instructional Design is transforming evidence based pedagogical research and practice into course development. It aims to produce good learning experience for desired learning outcomes through appropriate use of learning technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers actively involves in theory and research-based process of planning, developing, implementing, and evaluating instruction for better learning. Whether work individually or in collaboration with subject matter experts (SME’s) such as faculty members, the process usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing overall curriculum and instructional needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyzing learner characteristics and background knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
* Establishing course goals and learning outcomes&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting logical course building blocks and sequence &lt;br /&gt;
* Developing instructional content, teaching activities, and assessments &lt;br /&gt;
* Building course on selected platform with appropriate use of learning technologies&lt;br /&gt;
* Implementing or observing the delivery of instruction &lt;br /&gt;
* Conducting formative and summative evaluations of the course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, Instructional Designers perform a wide variety of tasks, from course design to project management. The products they produce or assist in producing may range from training materials to full course materials and/or entire curricula. The delivery system and learning technologies they help to choose to use in alignment with learning outcomes and in support to course content, teaching strategies, and assessments will vary from face-to-face classroom to blended and/or fully online courses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructional Designers at CTLT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers at CTLT provide assistance with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Flexible Learning Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Proposal consultation and development&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for planning, design, development, implementation and evaluation for transforming courses and programs in blended environments&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing student engagement in teaching (Online/Blended/in Class)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing learning-centered activities and assessments&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for media or technology selection and development (in consultation with other departments in UBC Teaching and Learning community)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance Education Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Providing pedagogical guidance specifically for online content&lt;br /&gt;
* Bringing evidence-based good practices for increasing student engagement and motivation in online environments&lt;br /&gt;
* Providing expertise and support for editorial review and quality assurance for online courses&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for teaching online (LMS/other educational technology tools)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design in CTLT, UBC Local timeline &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education  (correspondence education) (provide years) &lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education (online) (provide years)&lt;br /&gt;
Flexible Learning  (2013 onwards)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CTLT Instructional Design Models ==&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers in CTLT use a streamlined approach to design and development as evident in the diagrammatic representation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QAFinal-450px.jpg|Center|Course Development Cycle and Quality Assurance Elements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Frequently Asked Questions == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For faculty members and subject matter experts, the role of an instructional designer may seem mysterious. We use this section to answer questions which come up often in our line of work. If you have a question which is not addressed below, send it to us and we will be happy to answer!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why do I need to work with an ID? I am an expert in my field and the students need to learn the subject matter of the course they are taking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An instructional designer supports and enhances course development and teaching because he/she helps to focus on &lt;br /&gt;
* Articulating  of learning objectives (What is to be learned? How can we communicate it to the students at the outset?)&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing conditions for student engagement and learning (e.g., in class/online/in the community/ or field work placement)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing assessment strategies and tools which align with objectives &lt;br /&gt;
* Exploring and finding technology tools to support the learning environment  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Why is the Instructional Designer(ID) also called a Project Manager(PM) in CTLT? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional design models adopt a systematic approach to design and development of learning. An ID, when wearing the hat of a PM, brings the skills for managing timelines, resources, budget, varied skill sets/team members to achieve goals effectively. A project manager supports the principal/faculty lead/course author in teaching/course transformation/course creation in co-ordination, communication and problem solving in managing timelines and team functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How can I get the expertise/support of an ID in creating a new course/transforming a course?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In either of these contexts, faculty members should go through a proposal process for Flexible Learning or TLEF (jeff.miller@ubc.ca) or approach Distance Education &amp;amp; Instructional Design Support (chris.crowley@ubc.ca)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How do CTLT Instructional Designers stay abreast of evidence approaches to learning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The team of instructional designers in CTLT engage in a continuous process of ongoing review, reflection and improvement. The team keeps pace with the cutting edge research in the field of educational leadership and development and is a part of local, national and international communities of educational design/development professionals. The team actively participates in: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Flipped Lab (http://flippedlab.learning.ubc.ca/2014/02/05/negotiating-challenges-with-the-flipped-classroom/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Instructional Design Community of Practice (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/instructional-design/) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/scholarship-of-teaching-and-learning-sotl/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MOOCs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MOOC.png|thumb|Tony Bates at Instructional Design Community of Practice at UBC]]&lt;br /&gt;
MOOCs (Massive Open Online Courses) are teaching and learning tools that are available massively on a global scale to (theoretically) unlimited numbers of users, typically for free. Taught by university professors in a variety of fields, disciplines, and institutions MOOCs offer opportunities for learning, idea exchange, discussion, innovation, and experimentation. Though still in the experimental phase, MOOCs are rapidly becoming gateways to other learning, portals to new teaching technologies, avenues of thought on a global scale, and ways for teachers to publish their teaching. &lt;br /&gt;
At the University of British Columbia, MOOCs are experiments in teaching technologies and instructional design with the purpose of enhancing new in-class and online teaching, such as the flipped classroom and blended learning. MOOCs are imagined to be new methods of promoting the latest teaching initiatives and research being conducted at UBC. Faculty participants, as instructors and course designers, have the opportunity of receiving massive amounts of student feedback that can amount to more than the equivalent of decades of in-class feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about UBC MOOCs visit the links below:&lt;br /&gt;
* Current UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/current-and-upcoming-ubc-moocs/&lt;br /&gt;
* MOOCs Links http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/category/resources/moocs-links/&lt;br /&gt;
* Upcoming UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/four-ubc-moocs-to-be-developed-in-2014/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275289</id>
		<title>Sandbox:IDContent</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275289"/>
		<updated>2014-02-07T17:44:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Home page */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Home page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;What is Instructional Design?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design (also called Instructional Systems Design (ISD)) is the practice of creating &amp;quot;instructional experiences which make the acquisition of knowledge and skill more efficient, effective, and appealing”  ^ Merrill, M. D., Drake, L., Lacy, M. J., Pratt, J., &amp;amp; ID2_Research_Group. (1996). Reclaiming instructional design. Educational Technology, 36(5), 5-7.http://mdavidmerrill.com/Papers/Reclaiming.PDF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So what exactly is Instructional Design and what exactly do Instructional Designers do?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.slideshare.net/ejars/what-is-instructional-design   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Instructional Design is transforming evidence based pedagogical research and practice into course development. It aims to produce good learning experience for desired learning outcomes through appropriate use of learning technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers actively involves in theory and research-based process of planning, developing, implementing, and evaluating instruction for better learning. Whether work individually or in collaboration with subject matter experts (SME’s) such as faculty members, the process usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing overall curriculum and instructional needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyzing learner characteristics and background knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
* Establishing course goals and learning outcomes&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting logical course building blocks and sequence &lt;br /&gt;
* Developing instructional content, teaching activities, and assessments &lt;br /&gt;
* Building course on selected platform with appropriate learning technologies&lt;br /&gt;
* Implementing or observing the delivery of instruction &lt;br /&gt;
* Conducting formative and summative evaluations of the course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, Instructional Designers perform a wide variety of tasks, from course design to project management. The products they produce or assist in producing may range from training materials to full course materials and/or entire curricula. The delivery system and learning technologies they help to choose to use in alignment with learning outcomes and in support to course content, teaching strategies, and assessments will vary from face-to-face classroom to blended and/or fully online courses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructional Designers at CTLT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers at CTLT provide assistance with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Flexible Learning Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Proposal consultation and development&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for planning, design, development, implementation and evaluation for transforming courses and programs in blended environments&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing student engagement in teaching (Online/Blended/in Class)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing learning-centered activities and assessments&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for media or technology selection and development (in consultation with other departments in UBC Teaching and Learning community)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance Education Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Providing pedagogical guidance specifically for online content&lt;br /&gt;
* Bringing evidence-based good practices for increasing student engagement and motivation in online environments&lt;br /&gt;
* Providing expertise and support for editorial review and quality assurance for online courses&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for teaching online (LMS/other educational technology tools)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design in CTLT, UBC Local timeline &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education  (correspondence education) (provide years) &lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education (online) (provide years)&lt;br /&gt;
Flexible Learning  (2013 onwards)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CTLT Instructional Design Models ==&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers in CTLT use a streamlined approach to design and development as evident in the diagrammatic representation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QAFinal-450px.jpg|Center|Course Development Cycle and Quality Assurance Elements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Frequently Asked Questions == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For faculty members and subject matter experts, the role of an instructional designer may seem mysterious. We use this section to answer questions which come up often in our line of work. If you have a question which is not addressed below, send it to us and we will be happy to answer!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why do I need to work with an ID? I am an expert in my field and the students need to learn the subject matter of the course they are taking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An instructional designer supports and enhances course development and teaching because he/she helps to focus on &lt;br /&gt;
* Articulating  of learning objectives (What is to be learned? How can we communicate it to the students at the outset?)&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing conditions for student engagement and learning (e.g., in class/online/in the community/ or field work placement)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing assessment strategies and tools which align with objectives &lt;br /&gt;
* Exploring and finding technology tools to support the learning environment  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Why is the Instructional Designer(ID) also called a Project Manager(PM) in CTLT? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional design models adopt a systematic approach to design and development of learning. An ID, when wearing the hat of a PM, brings the skills for managing timelines, resources, budget, varied skill sets/team members to achieve goals effectively. A project manager supports the principal/faculty lead/course author in teaching/course transformation/course creation in co-ordination, communication and problem solving in managing timelines and team functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How can I get the expertise/support of an ID in creating a new course/transforming a course?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In either of these contexts, faculty members should go through a proposal process for Flexible Learning or TLEF (jeff.miller@ubc.ca) or approach Distance Education &amp;amp; Instructional Design Support (chris.crowley@ubc.ca)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How do CTLT Instructional Designers stay abreast of evidence approaches to learning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The team of instructional designers in CTLT engage in a continuous process of ongoing review, reflection and improvement. The team keeps pace with the cutting edge research in the field of educational leadership and development and is a part of local, national and international communities of educational design/development professionals. The team actively participates in: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Flipped Lab (http://flippedlab.learning.ubc.ca/2014/02/05/negotiating-challenges-with-the-flipped-classroom/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Instructional Design Community of Practice (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/instructional-design/) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/scholarship-of-teaching-and-learning-sotl/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MOOCs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MOOC.png|thumb|Tony Bates at Instructional Design Community of Practice at UBC]]&lt;br /&gt;
MOOCs (Massive Open Online Courses) are teaching and learning tools that are available massively on a global scale to (theoretically) unlimited numbers of users, typically for free. Taught by university professors in a variety of fields, disciplines, and institutions MOOCs offer opportunities for learning, idea exchange, discussion, innovation, and experimentation. Though still in the experimental phase, MOOCs are rapidly becoming gateways to other learning, portals to new teaching technologies, avenues of thought on a global scale, and ways for teachers to publish their teaching. &lt;br /&gt;
At the University of British Columbia, MOOCs are experiments in teaching technologies and instructional design with the purpose of enhancing new in-class and online teaching, such as the flipped classroom and blended learning. MOOCs are imagined to be new methods of promoting the latest teaching initiatives and research being conducted at UBC. Faculty participants, as instructors and course designers, have the opportunity of receiving massive amounts of student feedback that can amount to more than the equivalent of decades of in-class feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about UBC MOOCs visit the links below:&lt;br /&gt;
* Current UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/current-and-upcoming-ubc-moocs/&lt;br /&gt;
* MOOCs Links http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/category/resources/moocs-links/&lt;br /&gt;
* Upcoming UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/four-ubc-moocs-to-be-developed-in-2014/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275288</id>
		<title>Sandbox:IDContent</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275288"/>
		<updated>2014-02-07T17:43:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Home page */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Home page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;What is Instructional Design?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design (also called Instructional Systems Design (ISD)) is the practice of creating &amp;quot;instructional experiences which make the acquisition of knowledge and skill more efficient, effective, and appealing”  ^ Merrill, M. D., Drake, L., Lacy, M. J., Pratt, J., &amp;amp; ID2_Research_Group. (1996). Reclaiming instructional design. Educational Technology, 36(5), 5-7.http://mdavidmerrill.com/Papers/Reclaiming.PDF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So what exactly is Instructional Design and what exactly do Instructional Designers do?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.slideshare.net/ejars/what-is-instructional-design  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;iframe src=&amp;quot;http://www.slideshare.net/slideshow/embed_code/528752&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;427&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;356&amp;quot; frameborder=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; marginwidth=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; marginheight=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; scrolling=&amp;quot;no&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border:1px solid #CCC; border-width:1px 1px 0; margin-bottom:5px; max-width: 100%;&amp;quot; allowfullscreen&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/iframe&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:5px&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt; &amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;https://www.slideshare.net/ejars/what-is-instructional-design&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;What Is Instructional Design?&amp;quot; target=&amp;quot;_blank&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What Is Instructional Design?&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; from &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;http://www.slideshare.net/ejars&amp;quot; target=&amp;quot;_blank&amp;quot;&amp;gt;ejars&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Instructional Design is transforming evidence based pedagogical research and practice into course development. It aims to produce good learning experience for desired learning outcomes through appropriate use of learning technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers actively involves in theory and research-based process of planning, developing, implementing, and evaluating instruction for better learning. Whether work individually or in collaboration with subject matter experts (SME’s) such as faculty members, the process usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing overall curriculum and instructional needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyzing learner characteristics and background knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
* Establishing course goals and learning outcomes&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting logical course building blocks and sequence &lt;br /&gt;
* Developing instructional content, teaching activities, and assessments &lt;br /&gt;
* Building course on selected platform with appropriate learning technologies&lt;br /&gt;
* Implementing or observing the delivery of instruction &lt;br /&gt;
* Conducting formative and summative evaluations of the course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, Instructional Designers perform a wide variety of tasks, from course design to project management. The products they produce or assist in producing may range from training materials to full course materials and/or entire curricula. The delivery system and learning technologies they help to choose to use in alignment with learning outcomes and in support to course content, teaching strategies, and assessments will vary from face-to-face classroom to blended and/or fully online courses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructional Designers at CTLT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers at CTLT provide assistance with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Flexible Learning Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Proposal consultation and development&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for planning, design, development, implementation and evaluation for transforming courses and programs in blended environments&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing student engagement in teaching (Online/Blended/in Class)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing learning-centered activities and assessments&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for media or technology selection and development (in consultation with other departments in UBC Teaching and Learning community)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance Education Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Providing pedagogical guidance specifically for online content&lt;br /&gt;
* Bringing evidence-based good practices for increasing student engagement and motivation in online environments&lt;br /&gt;
* Providing expertise and support for editorial review and quality assurance for online courses&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for teaching online (LMS/other educational technology tools)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design in CTLT, UBC Local timeline &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education  (correspondence education) (provide years) &lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education (online) (provide years)&lt;br /&gt;
Flexible Learning  (2013 onwards)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CTLT Instructional Design Models ==&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers in CTLT use a streamlined approach to design and development as evident in the diagrammatic representation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QAFinal-450px.jpg|Center|Course Development Cycle and Quality Assurance Elements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Frequently Asked Questions == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For faculty members and subject matter experts, the role of an instructional designer may seem mysterious. We use this section to answer questions which come up often in our line of work. If you have a question which is not addressed below, send it to us and we will be happy to answer!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why do I need to work with an ID? I am an expert in my field and the students need to learn the subject matter of the course they are taking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An instructional designer supports and enhances course development and teaching because he/she helps to focus on &lt;br /&gt;
* Articulating  of learning objectives (What is to be learned? How can we communicate it to the students at the outset?)&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing conditions for student engagement and learning (e.g., in class/online/in the community/ or field work placement)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing assessment strategies and tools which align with objectives &lt;br /&gt;
* Exploring and finding technology tools to support the learning environment  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Why is the Instructional Designer(ID) also called a Project Manager(PM) in CTLT? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional design models adopt a systematic approach to design and development of learning. An ID, when wearing the hat of a PM, brings the skills for managing timelines, resources, budget, varied skill sets/team members to achieve goals effectively. A project manager supports the principal/faculty lead/course author in teaching/course transformation/course creation in co-ordination, communication and problem solving in managing timelines and team functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How can I get the expertise/support of an ID in creating a new course/transforming a course?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In either of these contexts, faculty members should go through a proposal process for Flexible Learning or TLEF (jeff.miller@ubc.ca) or approach Distance Education &amp;amp; Instructional Design Support (chris.crowley@ubc.ca)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How do CTLT Instructional Designers stay abreast of evidence approaches to learning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The team of instructional designers in CTLT engage in a continuous process of ongoing review, reflection and improvement. The team keeps pace with the cutting edge research in the field of educational leadership and development and is a part of local, national and international communities of educational design/development professionals. The team actively participates in: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Flipped Lab (http://flippedlab.learning.ubc.ca/2014/02/05/negotiating-challenges-with-the-flipped-classroom/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Instructional Design Community of Practice (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/instructional-design/) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/scholarship-of-teaching-and-learning-sotl/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MOOCs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MOOC.png|thumb|Tony Bates at Instructional Design Community of Practice at UBC]]&lt;br /&gt;
MOOCs (Massive Open Online Courses) are teaching and learning tools that are available massively on a global scale to (theoretically) unlimited numbers of users, typically for free. Taught by university professors in a variety of fields, disciplines, and institutions MOOCs offer opportunities for learning, idea exchange, discussion, innovation, and experimentation. Though still in the experimental phase, MOOCs are rapidly becoming gateways to other learning, portals to new teaching technologies, avenues of thought on a global scale, and ways for teachers to publish their teaching. &lt;br /&gt;
At the University of British Columbia, MOOCs are experiments in teaching technologies and instructional design with the purpose of enhancing new in-class and online teaching, such as the flipped classroom and blended learning. MOOCs are imagined to be new methods of promoting the latest teaching initiatives and research being conducted at UBC. Faculty participants, as instructors and course designers, have the opportunity of receiving massive amounts of student feedback that can amount to more than the equivalent of decades of in-class feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about UBC MOOCs visit the links below:&lt;br /&gt;
* Current UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/current-and-upcoming-ubc-moocs/&lt;br /&gt;
* MOOCs Links http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/category/resources/moocs-links/&lt;br /&gt;
* Upcoming UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/four-ubc-moocs-to-be-developed-in-2014/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275285</id>
		<title>Sandbox:IDContent</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275285"/>
		<updated>2014-02-07T17:31:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Home page */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Home page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;What is Instructional Design?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design (also called Instructional Systems Design (ISD)) is the practice of creating &amp;quot;instructional experiences which make the acquisition of knowledge and skill more efficient, effective, and appealing”  ^ Merrill, M. D., Drake, L., Lacy, M. J., Pratt, J., &amp;amp; ID2_Research_Group. (1996). Reclaiming instructional design. Educational Technology, 36(5), 5-7.http://mdavidmerrill.com/Papers/Reclaiming.PDF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So what exactly is Instructional Design and what exactly do Instructional Designers do?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.slideshare.net/ejars/what-is-instructional-design  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Instructional Design is transforming evidence based pedagogical research and practice into course development. It aims to produce good learning experience for desired learning outcomes through appropriate use of learning technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers actively involves in theory and research-based process of planning, developing, implementing, and evaluating instruction for better learning. Whether work individually or in collaboration with subject matter experts (SME’s) such as faculty members, the process usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing overall curriculum and instructional needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyzing learner characteristics and background knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
* Establishing course goals and learning outcomes&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting logical course building blocks and sequence &lt;br /&gt;
* Developing instructional content, teaching activities, and assessments &lt;br /&gt;
* Building course on selected platform with appropriate learning technologies&lt;br /&gt;
* Implementing or observing the delivery of instruction &lt;br /&gt;
* Conducting formative and summative evaluations of the course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, Instructional Designers perform a wide variety of tasks, from course design to project management. The products they produce or assist in producing may range from training materials to full course materials and/or entire curricula. The delivery system and learning technologies they help to choose to use in alignment with learning outcomes and in support to course content, teaching strategies, and assessments will vary from face-to-face classroom to blended and/or fully online courses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructional Designers at CTLT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers at CTLT provide assistance with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Flexible Learning Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Proposal consultation and development&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for planning, design, development, implementation and evaluation for transforming courses and programs in blended environments&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing student engagement in teaching (Online/Blended/in Class)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing learning-centered activities and assessments&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for media or technology selection and development (in consultation with other departments in UBC Teaching and Learning community)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance Education Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Providing pedagogical guidance specifically for online content&lt;br /&gt;
* Bringing evidence-based good practices for increasing student engagement and motivation in online environments&lt;br /&gt;
* Providing expertise and support for editorial review and quality assurance for online courses&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for teaching online (LMS/other educational technology tools)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design in CTLT, UBC Local timeline &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education  (correspondence education) (provide years) &lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education (online) (provide years)&lt;br /&gt;
Flexible Learning  (2013 onwards)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CTLT Instructional Design Models ==&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers in CTLT use a streamlined approach to design and development as evident in the diagrammatic representation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QAFinal-450px.jpg|Center|Course Development Cycle and Quality Assurance Elements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Frequently Asked Questions == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For faculty members and subject matter experts, the role of an instructional designer may seem mysterious. We use this section to answer questions which come up often in our line of work. If you have a question which is not addressed below, send it to us and we will be happy to answer!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why do I need to work with an ID? I am an expert in my field and the students need to learn the subject matter of the course they are taking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An instructional designer supports and enhances course development and teaching because he/she helps to focus on &lt;br /&gt;
* Articulating  of learning objectives (What is to be learned? How can we communicate it to the students at the outset?)&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing conditions for student engagement and learning (e.g., in class/online/in the community/ or field work placement)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing assessment strategies and tools which align with objectives &lt;br /&gt;
* Exploring and finding technology tools to support the learning environment  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Why is the Instructional Designer(ID) also called a Project Manager(PM) in CTLT? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional design models adopt a systematic approach to design and development of learning. An ID, when wearing the hat of a PM, brings the skills for managing timelines, resources, budget, varied skill sets/team members to achieve goals effectively. A project manager supports the principal/faculty lead/course author in teaching/course transformation/course creation in co-ordination, communication and problem solving in managing timelines and team functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How can I get the expertise/support of an ID in creating a new course/transforming a course?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In either of these contexts, faculty members should go through a proposal process for Flexible Learning or TLEF (jeff.miller@ubc.ca) or approach Distance Education &amp;amp; Instructional Design Support (chris.crowley@ubc.ca)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How do CTLT Instructional Designers stay abreast of evidence approaches to learning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The team of instructional designers in CTLT engage in a continuous process of ongoing review, reflection and improvement. The team keeps pace with the cutting edge research in the field of educational leadership and development and is a part of local, national and international communities of educational design/development professionals. The team actively participates in: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Flipped Lab (http://flippedlab.learning.ubc.ca/2014/02/05/negotiating-challenges-with-the-flipped-classroom/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Instructional Design Community of Practice (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/instructional-design/) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/scholarship-of-teaching-and-learning-sotl/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MOOCs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MOOC.png|thumb|Tony Bates at Instructional Design Community of Practice at UBC]]&lt;br /&gt;
MOOCs (Massive Open Online Courses) are teaching and learning tools that are available massively on a global scale to (theoretically) unlimited numbers of users, typically for free. Taught by university professors in a variety of fields, disciplines, and institutions MOOCs offer opportunities for learning, idea exchange, discussion, innovation, and experimentation. Though still in the experimental phase, MOOCs are rapidly becoming gateways to other learning, portals to new teaching technologies, avenues of thought on a global scale, and ways for teachers to publish their teaching. &lt;br /&gt;
At the University of British Columbia, MOOCs are experiments in teaching technologies and instructional design with the purpose of enhancing new in-class and online teaching, such as the flipped classroom and blended learning. MOOCs are imagined to be new methods of promoting the latest teaching initiatives and research being conducted at UBC. Faculty participants, as instructors and course designers, have the opportunity of receiving massive amounts of student feedback that can amount to more than the equivalent of decades of in-class feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about UBC MOOCs visit the links below:&lt;br /&gt;
* Current UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/current-and-upcoming-ubc-moocs/&lt;br /&gt;
* MOOCs Links http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/category/resources/moocs-links/&lt;br /&gt;
* Upcoming UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/four-ubc-moocs-to-be-developed-in-2014/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275284</id>
		<title>Sandbox:IDContent</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275284"/>
		<updated>2014-02-07T17:31:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Home page */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Home page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;What is Instructional Design?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design (also called Instructional Systems Design (ISD)) is the practice of creating &amp;quot;instructional experiences which make the acquisition of knowledge and skill more efficient, effective, and appealing”  ^ Merrill, M. D., Drake, L., Lacy, M. J., Pratt, J., &amp;amp; ID2_Research_Group. (1996). Reclaiming instructional design. Educational Technology, 36(5), 5-7.http://mdavidmerrill.com/Papers/Reclaiming.PDF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What exactly is Instructional Design and what exactly do Instructional Designers do?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.slideshare.net/ejars/what-is-instructional-design  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Instructional Design is transforming evidence based pedagogical research and practice into course development. It aims to produce good learning experience for desired learning outcomes through appropriate use of learning technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers actively involves in theory and research-based process of planning, developing, implementing, and evaluating instruction for better learning. Whether work individually or in collaboration with subject matter experts (SME’s) such as faculty members, the process usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing overall curriculum and instructional needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyzing learner characteristics and background knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
* Establishing course goals and learning outcomes&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting logical course building blocks and sequence &lt;br /&gt;
* Developing instructional content, teaching activities, and assessments &lt;br /&gt;
* Building course on selected platform with appropriate learning technologies&lt;br /&gt;
* Implementing or observing the delivery of instruction &lt;br /&gt;
* Conducting formative and summative evaluations of the course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, Instructional Designers perform a wide variety of tasks, from course design to project management. The products they produce or assist in producing may range from training materials to full course materials and/or entire curricula. The delivery system and learning technologies they help to choose to use in alignment with learning outcomes and in support to course content, teaching strategies, and assessments will vary from face-to-face classroom to blended and/or fully online courses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructional Designers at CTLT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers at CTLT provide assistance with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Flexible Learning Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Proposal consultation and development&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for planning, design, development, implementation and evaluation for transforming courses and programs in blended environments&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing student engagement in teaching (Online/Blended/in Class)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing learning-centered activities and assessments&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for media or technology selection and development (in consultation with other departments in UBC Teaching and Learning community)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance Education Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Providing pedagogical guidance specifically for online content&lt;br /&gt;
* Bringing evidence-based good practices for increasing student engagement and motivation in online environments&lt;br /&gt;
* Providing expertise and support for editorial review and quality assurance for online courses&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for teaching online (LMS/other educational technology tools)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design in CTLT, UBC Local timeline &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education  (correspondence education) (provide years) &lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education (online) (provide years)&lt;br /&gt;
Flexible Learning  (2013 onwards)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CTLT Instructional Design Models ==&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers in CTLT use a streamlined approach to design and development as evident in the diagrammatic representation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QAFinal-450px.jpg|Center|Course Development Cycle and Quality Assurance Elements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Frequently Asked Questions == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For faculty members and subject matter experts, the role of an instructional designer may seem mysterious. We use this section to answer questions which come up often in our line of work. If you have a question which is not addressed below, send it to us and we will be happy to answer!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why do I need to work with an ID? I am an expert in my field and the students need to learn the subject matter of the course they are taking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An instructional designer supports and enhances course development and teaching because he/she helps to focus on &lt;br /&gt;
* Articulating  of learning objectives (What is to be learned? How can we communicate it to the students at the outset?)&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing conditions for student engagement and learning (e.g., in class/online/in the community/ or field work placement)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing assessment strategies and tools which align with objectives &lt;br /&gt;
* Exploring and finding technology tools to support the learning environment  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Why is the Instructional Designer(ID) also called a Project Manager(PM) in CTLT? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional design models adopt a systematic approach to design and development of learning. An ID, when wearing the hat of a PM, brings the skills for managing timelines, resources, budget, varied skill sets/team members to achieve goals effectively. A project manager supports the principal/faculty lead/course author in teaching/course transformation/course creation in co-ordination, communication and problem solving in managing timelines and team functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How can I get the expertise/support of an ID in creating a new course/transforming a course?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In either of these contexts, faculty members should go through a proposal process for Flexible Learning or TLEF (jeff.miller@ubc.ca) or approach Distance Education &amp;amp; Instructional Design Support (chris.crowley@ubc.ca)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How do CTLT Instructional Designers stay abreast of evidence approaches to learning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The team of instructional designers in CTLT engage in a continuous process of ongoing review, reflection and improvement. The team keeps pace with the cutting edge research in the field of educational leadership and development and is a part of local, national and international communities of educational design/development professionals. The team actively participates in: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Flipped Lab (http://flippedlab.learning.ubc.ca/2014/02/05/negotiating-challenges-with-the-flipped-classroom/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Instructional Design Community of Practice (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/instructional-design/) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/scholarship-of-teaching-and-learning-sotl/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MOOCs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MOOC.png|thumb|Tony Bates at Instructional Design Community of Practice at UBC]]&lt;br /&gt;
MOOCs (Massive Open Online Courses) are teaching and learning tools that are available massively on a global scale to (theoretically) unlimited numbers of users, typically for free. Taught by university professors in a variety of fields, disciplines, and institutions MOOCs offer opportunities for learning, idea exchange, discussion, innovation, and experimentation. Though still in the experimental phase, MOOCs are rapidly becoming gateways to other learning, portals to new teaching technologies, avenues of thought on a global scale, and ways for teachers to publish their teaching. &lt;br /&gt;
At the University of British Columbia, MOOCs are experiments in teaching technologies and instructional design with the purpose of enhancing new in-class and online teaching, such as the flipped classroom and blended learning. MOOCs are imagined to be new methods of promoting the latest teaching initiatives and research being conducted at UBC. Faculty participants, as instructors and course designers, have the opportunity of receiving massive amounts of student feedback that can amount to more than the equivalent of decades of in-class feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about UBC MOOCs visit the links below:&lt;br /&gt;
* Current UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/current-and-upcoming-ubc-moocs/&lt;br /&gt;
* MOOCs Links http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/category/resources/moocs-links/&lt;br /&gt;
* Upcoming UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/four-ubc-moocs-to-be-developed-in-2014/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275283</id>
		<title>Sandbox:IDContent</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:IDContent&amp;diff=275283"/>
		<updated>2014-02-07T17:30:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Home page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;What is Instructional Design?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design (also called Instructional Systems Design (ISD)) is the practice of creating &amp;quot;instructional experiences which make the acquisition of knowledge and skill more efficient, effective, and appealing”  ^ Merrill, M. D., Drake, L., Lacy, M. J., Pratt, J., &amp;amp; ID2_Research_Group. (1996). Reclaiming instructional design. Educational Technology, 36(5), 5-7.http://mdavidmerrill.com/Papers/Reclaiming.PDF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What exactly is Instructional Design and what exactly do Instructional Designers do?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.slideshare.net/ejars/what-is-instructional-design  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Instructional Design is transforming evidence based pedagogical research and practice into course development. It aims to produce good learning experience for desired learning outcomes through appropriate use of learning technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers actively involves in theory and research-based process of planning, developing, implementing, and evaluating instruction for better learning. Whether work individually or in collaboration with subject matter experts (SME’s) such as faculty members, the process usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing overall curriculum and instructional needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyzing learner characteristics and background knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
* Establishing course goals and learning outcomes&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting logical course building blocks and sequence &lt;br /&gt;
* Developing instructional content, teaching activities, and assessments &lt;br /&gt;
* Building course on selected platform with appropriate learning technologies&lt;br /&gt;
* Implementing or observing the delivery of instruction &lt;br /&gt;
* Conducting formative and summative evaluations of the course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, Instructional Designers perform a wide variety of tasks, from course design to project management. The products they produce or assist in producing may range from training materials to full course materials and/or entire curricula. The delivery system and learning technologies they help to choose to use in alignment with learning outcomes and in support to course content, teaching strategies, and assessments will vary from face-to-face classroom to blended and/or fully online courses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Instructional Designers at CTLT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers at CTLT provide assistance with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Flexible Learning Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Proposal consultation and development&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for planning, design, development, implementation and evaluation for transforming courses and programs in blended environments&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing student engagement in teaching (Online/Blended/in Class)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing learning-centered activities and assessments&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for media or technology selection and development (in consultation with other departments in UBC Teaching and Learning community)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance Education Projects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Providing pedagogical guidance specifically for online content&lt;br /&gt;
* Bringing evidence-based good practices for increasing student engagement and motivation in online environments&lt;br /&gt;
* Providing expertise and support for editorial review and quality assurance for online courses&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for teaching online (LMS/other educational technology tools)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Design in CTLT, UBC Local timeline &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education  (correspondence education) (provide years) &lt;br /&gt;
Distance Education (online) (provide years)&lt;br /&gt;
Flexible Learning  (2013 onwards)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CTLT Instructional Design Models ==&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional Designers in CTLT use a streamlined approach to design and development as evident in the diagrammatic representation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QAFinal-450px.jpg|Center|Course Development Cycle and Quality Assurance Elements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Frequently Asked Questions == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For faculty members and subject matter experts, the role of an instructional designer may seem mysterious. We use this section to answer questions which come up often in our line of work. If you have a question which is not addressed below, send it to us and we will be happy to answer!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why do I need to work with an ID? I am an expert in my field and the students need to learn the subject matter of the course they are taking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An instructional designer supports and enhances course development and teaching because he/she helps to focus on &lt;br /&gt;
* Articulating  of learning objectives (What is to be learned? How can we communicate it to the students at the outset?)&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhancing conditions for student engagement and learning (e.g., in class/online/in the community/ or field work placement)&lt;br /&gt;
* Designing assessment strategies and tools which align with objectives &lt;br /&gt;
* Exploring and finding technology tools to support the learning environment  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Why is the Instructional Designer(ID) also called a Project Manager(PM) in CTLT? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructional design models adopt a systematic approach to design and development of learning. An ID, when wearing the hat of a PM, brings the skills for managing timelines, resources, budget, varied skill sets/team members to achieve goals effectively. A project manager supports the principal/faculty lead/course author in teaching/course transformation/course creation in co-ordination, communication and problem solving in managing timelines and team functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How can I get the expertise/support of an ID in creating a new course/transforming a course?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In either of these contexts, faculty members should go through a proposal process for Flexible Learning or TLEF (jeff.miller@ubc.ca) or approach Distance Education &amp;amp; Instructional Design Support (chris.crowley@ubc.ca)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How do CTLT Instructional Designers stay abreast of evidence approaches to learning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The team of instructional designers in CTLT engage in a continuous process of ongoing review, reflection and improvement. The team keeps pace with the cutting edge research in the field of educational leadership and development and is a part of local, national and international communities of educational design/development professionals. The team actively participates in: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Flipped Lab (http://flippedlab.learning.ubc.ca/2014/02/05/negotiating-challenges-with-the-flipped-classroom/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Instructional Design Community of Practice (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/instructional-design/) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (http://ctlt.ubc.ca/programs/communities-of-practice/scholarship-of-teaching-and-learning-sotl/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MOOCs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MOOC.png|thumb|Tony Bates at Instructional Design Community of Practice at UBC]]&lt;br /&gt;
MOOCs (Massive Open Online Courses) are teaching and learning tools that are available massively on a global scale to (theoretically) unlimited numbers of users, typically for free. Taught by university professors in a variety of fields, disciplines, and institutions MOOCs offer opportunities for learning, idea exchange, discussion, innovation, and experimentation. Though still in the experimental phase, MOOCs are rapidly becoming gateways to other learning, portals to new teaching technologies, avenues of thought on a global scale, and ways for teachers to publish their teaching. &lt;br /&gt;
At the University of British Columbia, MOOCs are experiments in teaching technologies and instructional design with the purpose of enhancing new in-class and online teaching, such as the flipped classroom and blended learning. MOOCs are imagined to be new methods of promoting the latest teaching initiatives and research being conducted at UBC. Faculty participants, as instructors and course designers, have the opportunity of receiving massive amounts of student feedback that can amount to more than the equivalent of decades of in-class feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about UBC MOOCs visit the links below:&lt;br /&gt;
* Current UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/current-and-upcoming-ubc-moocs/&lt;br /&gt;
* MOOCs Links http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/category/resources/moocs-links/&lt;br /&gt;
* Upcoming UBC MOOCs http://flexible.learning.ubc.ca/implementation/four-ubc-moocs-to-be-developed-in-2014/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:TeachingFLE&amp;diff=274004</id>
		<title>Sandbox:TeachingFLE</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:TeachingFLE&amp;diff=274004"/>
		<updated>2014-02-01T00:44:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Course outcomes: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Project Goals ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course/project will provide participants with an orientation to flexible learning and its potential impact on their practice. The course is to offer the foundational skills required for successful blended instructions and to bring the instructors to a level in which they feel comfortable with effectively combining pedagogy, research informed teaching strategies and technologies in different flexible learning environments. The cohort nature of the course gives participants the opportunity to collaborate with and learn from others in different disciplines in addition to providing the first-hand experience of online learning. The course will provide a platform with scaffolding nurturing for teaching and learning community to connect and reconnect on flexible learning practices and share resources and promising practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Course outcomes: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let&#039;s work on this to finalize it for Monday...less, concise, and measurable (How to write measurable outcomes http://wiki.ubc.ca/Sandbox:How_to_Write)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon completion of the course, participants will be able to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Examine teaching and learning challenges in flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Investigate various methods of content delivery, communication, collaboration, assessment, and course management in a flexible teaching and learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Explore and categorize effective practices of various examples of flexible teaching such as flipped classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
* Generate strategies for effective teaching or facilitation in a flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify the most effective teaching strategies to ensure student engagement in participants&#039; own context.&lt;br /&gt;
* Explore various learning technologies and use a recommended framework to select and integrate the most appropriate tools that support participants&#039; own teaching strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan, design (or redesign), and develop a module to incorporate active learning in flexible learning environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Self or peer review the effectiveness of the design of at least one learning module a participant developed for flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Format/Content/What to cover: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Developing and Teaching in Flexible Learning Environment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Introduction /Getting Started (F2F) ====&lt;br /&gt;
How this course works? learners profile? course schedule?&lt;br /&gt;
Before planning stage: developing outcomes, basics of learning theory, exploring FL environments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Online ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 1:&#039;&#039;&#039; Need analysis, Outcomes and alignment, assessment of learning, quality framework, basics of learning theory, learner engagement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 2:&#039;&#039;&#039; creating/adapting content (writing style, using example, structuring activities, using images)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 3:&#039;&#039;&#039; Online Teaching, Flipping classrooms, before start of the course, engaging learners in Discussion and content/resource development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments/Activities&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Articulate learning activities&lt;br /&gt;
* Articulate assessment and self-assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a course or module structure&lt;br /&gt;
* Create module content (either blended or online)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an engaging activity integrating a new technology/tool(engagement activities)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a group project (within a group)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a rubric&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:TeachingFLE&amp;diff=274003</id>
		<title>Sandbox:TeachingFLE</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:TeachingFLE&amp;diff=274003"/>
		<updated>2014-02-01T00:36:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Course outcomes: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Project Goals ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course/project will provide participants with an orientation to flexible learning and its potential impact on their practice. The course is to offer the foundational skills required for successful blended instructions and to bring the instructors to a level in which they feel comfortable with effectively combining pedagogy, research informed teaching strategies and technologies in different flexible learning environments. The cohort nature of the course gives participants the opportunity to collaborate with and learn from others in different disciplines in addition to providing the first-hand experience of online learning. The course will provide a platform with scaffolding nurturing for teaching and learning community to connect and reconnect on flexible learning practices and share resources and promising practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Course outcomes: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let&#039;s work on this to finalize it for Monday...less, concise, and measurable (How to write measurable outcomes http://wiki.ubc.ca/Sandbox:How_to_Write)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon completion of the course, participants will be able to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Examine teaching and learning challenges in flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Explore and categorize effective practices of various examples of flexible teaching such as flipped classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
* Investigate various methods of content delivery, communication, collaboration, assessment, and course management in a flexible teaching and learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Generate strategies for effective teaching or facilitation in a flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify the most effective teaching strategies to ensure student engagement in participants&#039; own context.&lt;br /&gt;
* Explore various learning technologies and use a recommended framework to select and integrate the most appropriate tools that support participants&#039; own teaching strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan, design (or redesign), and develop a module to incorporate active learning in flexible learning environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Self or peer review the effectiveness of the design of at least one learning module a participant developed for flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Format/Content/What to cover: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Developing and Teaching in Flexible Learning Environment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Introduction /Getting Started (F2F) ====&lt;br /&gt;
How this course works? learners profile? course schedule?&lt;br /&gt;
Before planning stage: developing outcomes, basics of learning theory, exploring FL environments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Online ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 1:&#039;&#039;&#039; Need analysis, Outcomes and alignment, assessment of learning, quality framework, basics of learning theory, learner engagement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 2:&#039;&#039;&#039; creating/adapting content (writing style, using example, structuring activities, using images)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 3:&#039;&#039;&#039; Online Teaching, Flipping classrooms, before start of the course, engaging learners in Discussion and content/resource development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments/Activities&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Articulate learning activities&lt;br /&gt;
* Articulate assessment and self-assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a course or module structure&lt;br /&gt;
* Create module content (either blended or online)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an engaging activity integrating a new technology/tool(engagement activities)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a group project (within a group)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a rubric&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:TeachingFLE&amp;diff=274002</id>
		<title>Sandbox:TeachingFLE</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:TeachingFLE&amp;diff=274002"/>
		<updated>2014-02-01T00:31:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Course outcomes: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Project Goals ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course/project will provide participants with an orientation to flexible learning and its potential impact on their practice. The course is to offer the foundational skills required for successful blended instructions and to bring the instructors to a level in which they feel comfortable with effectively combining pedagogy, research informed teaching strategies and technologies in different flexible learning environments. The cohort nature of the course gives participants the opportunity to collaborate with and learn from others in different disciplines in addition to providing the first-hand experience of online learning. The course will provide a platform with scaffolding nurturing for teaching and learning community to connect and reconnect on flexible learning practices and share resources and promising practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Course outcomes: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let&#039;s work on this to finalize it for Monday...less, concise, and measurable (How to write measurable outcomes http://wiki.ubc.ca/Sandbox:How_to_Write)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Participants will be able to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Examine teaching and learning challenges in flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Explore and categorize effective practices of various examples of flexible teaching such as flipped classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
* Generate strategies for effective teaching or facilitation in a flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify the most effective teaching strategies to ensure student engagement in participants&#039; own context.&lt;br /&gt;
* Investigate various methods of content delivery, communication, collaboration, assessment, and course management in a flexible teaching and learning environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Explore various learning technologies and use a recommended framework to select and integrate the most appropriate tools that support participants&#039; own teaching strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan, design (or redesign), and develop a module to incorporate active learning in flexible learning environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Self or peer review the effectiveness of the design of at least one learning module a participant developed for flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Format/Content/What to cover: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Developing and Teaching in Flexible Learning Environment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Introduction /Getting Started (F2F) ====&lt;br /&gt;
How this course works? learners profile? course schedule?&lt;br /&gt;
Before planning stage: developing outcomes, basics of learning theory, exploring FL environments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Online ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 1:&#039;&#039;&#039; Need analysis, Outcomes and alignment, assessment of learning, quality framework, basics of learning theory, learner engagement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 2:&#039;&#039;&#039; creating/adapting content (writing style, using example, structuring activities, using images)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 3:&#039;&#039;&#039; Online Teaching, Flipping classrooms, before start of the course, engaging learners in Discussion and content/resource development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments/Activities&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Articulate learning activities&lt;br /&gt;
* Articulate assessment and self-assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a course or module structure&lt;br /&gt;
* Create module content (either blended or online)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an engaging activity integrating a new technology/tool(engagement activities)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a group project (within a group)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a rubric&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:TeachingFLE&amp;diff=273988</id>
		<title>Sandbox:TeachingFLE</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:TeachingFLE&amp;diff=273988"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T23:32:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Course outcomes: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Project Goals ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course/project will provide participants with an orientation to flexible learning and its potential impact on their practice. The course is to offer the foundational skills required for successful blended instructions and to bring the instructors to a level in which they feel comfortable with effectively combining pedagogy, research informed teaching strategies and technologies in different flexible learning environments. The cohort nature of the course gives participants the opportunity to collaborate with and learn from others in different disciplines in addition to providing the first-hand experience of online learning. The course will provide a platform with scaffolding nurturing for teaching and learning community to connect and reconnect on flexible learning practices and share resources and promising practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Course outcomes: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let&#039;s work on this to finalize it for Monday...less, concise, and measurable (How to write measurable outcomes http://wiki.ubc.ca/Sandbox:How_to_Write)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Participants will be able to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Examine teaching and learning challenges in flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyze various methods of content delivery, communication, collaboration, assessment, and course management in a flexible teaching and learning environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Explore and categorize effective practices of various examples of flexible teaching such as flipped classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
* Generate strategies for effective teaching or facilitation in a flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify the most effective teaching strategies to ensure student engagement in participants&#039; own context.&lt;br /&gt;
* Explore various learning technologies and use a recommended framework to select and integrate the most appropriate tools that support participants&#039; own teaching strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan, design (or redesign), and develop a module to incorporate active learning in flexible learning environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Self or peer review the effectiveness of the design of at least one learning module a participant developed for flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Format/Content/What to cover: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Developing and Teaching in Flexible Learning Environment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Introduction /Getting Started (F2F) ====&lt;br /&gt;
How this course works? learners profile? course schedule?&lt;br /&gt;
Before planning stage: developing outcomes, basics of learning theory, exploring FL environments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Online ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 1:&#039;&#039;&#039; Need analysis, Outcomes and alignment, assessment of learning, quality framework, basics of learning theory, learner engagement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 2:&#039;&#039;&#039; creating/adapting content (writing style, using example, structuring activities, using images)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 3:&#039;&#039;&#039; Online Teaching, Flipping classrooms, before start of the course, engaging learners in Discussion and content/resource development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments/Activities&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Articulate learning activities&lt;br /&gt;
* Articulate assessment and self-assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a course or module structure&lt;br /&gt;
* Create module content (either blended or online)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an engaging activity integrating a new technology/tool(engagement activities)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a group project (within a group)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a rubric&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:TeachingFLE&amp;diff=273983</id>
		<title>Sandbox:TeachingFLE</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:TeachingFLE&amp;diff=273983"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T23:10:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Course outcomes: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Project Goals ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course/project will provide participants with an orientation to flexible learning and its potential impact on their practice. The course is to offer the foundational skills required for successful blended instructions and to bring the instructors to a level in which they feel comfortable with effectively combining pedagogy, research informed teaching strategies and technologies in different flexible learning environments. The cohort nature of the course gives participants the opportunity to collaborate with and learn from others in different disciplines in addition to providing the first-hand experience of online learning. The course will provide a platform with scaffolding nurturing for teaching and learning community to connect and reconnect on flexible learning practices and share resources and promising practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Course outcomes: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let&#039;s work on this to finalize it for Monday...less, concise, and measurable (How to write measurable outcomes http://wiki.ubc.ca/Sandbox:How_to_Write)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Participants will be able to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Examine teaching and learning challenges in flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Explore and categorize effective practices of various examples of flexible teaching such as flipped classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
* Generate strategies for effective teaching or facilitation in a flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify the most effective teaching strategies to ensure student engagement in participants&#039; own context.&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyze various methods of content delivery, communication, collaboration, assessment, and course management in a flexible teaching and learning environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Explore various learning technologies and use a recommended framework to select and integrate the most appropriate tools that support participants&#039; own teaching strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan, design (or redesign), and develop a module to incorporate active learning in flexible learning environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Self or peer review the effectiveness of the design of at least one learning module a participant developed for flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Format/Content/What to cover: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Developing and Teaching in Flexible Learning Environment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Introduction /Getting Started (F2F) ====&lt;br /&gt;
How this course works? learners profile? course schedule?&lt;br /&gt;
Before planning stage: developing outcomes, basics of learning theory, exploring FL environments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Online ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 1:&#039;&#039;&#039; Need analysis, Outcomes and alignment, assessment of learning, quality framework, basics of learning theory, learner engagement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 2:&#039;&#039;&#039; creating/adapting content (writing style, using example, structuring activities, using images)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 3:&#039;&#039;&#039; Online Teaching, Flipping classrooms, before start of the course, engaging learners in Discussion and content/resource development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments/Activities&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Articulate learning activities&lt;br /&gt;
* Articulate assessment and self-assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a course or module structure&lt;br /&gt;
* Create module content (either blended or online)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an engaging activity integrating a new technology/tool(engagement activities)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a group project (within a group)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a rubric&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:TeachingFLE&amp;diff=273982</id>
		<title>Sandbox:TeachingFLE</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:TeachingFLE&amp;diff=273982"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T23:09:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Course outcomes: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Project Goals ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course/project will provide participants with an orientation to flexible learning and its potential impact on their practice. The course is to offer the foundational skills required for successful blended instructions and to bring the instructors to a level in which they feel comfortable with effectively combining pedagogy, research informed teaching strategies and technologies in different flexible learning environments. The cohort nature of the course gives participants the opportunity to collaborate with and learn from others in different disciplines in addition to providing the first-hand experience of online learning. The course will provide a platform with scaffolding nurturing for teaching and learning community to connect and reconnect on flexible learning practices and share resources and promising practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Course outcomes: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let&#039;s work on this to finalize it for Monday...less, concise, and measurable (How to write measurable outcomes http://wiki.ubc.ca/Sandbox:How_to_Write)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Participants will be able to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Examine teaching and learning challenges in flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Explore and categorize effective practices of various examples of flexible teaching such as flipped classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
* Generate strategies for effective teaching or facilitation in a flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify the most effective teaching strategies to ensure student engagement in participants&#039; own context.&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyze various methods of content delivery, communication, collaboration, assessment, and course management in a flexible teaching and learning environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Explore various learning technologies and use a recommended framework to select and integrate the most appropriate tools that support participants&#039; own teaching strategies and course materials.&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan, design (or redesign), and develop a module to incorporate active learning in flexible learning environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Self or peer review the effectiveness of the design of at least one learning module a participant developed for flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Format/Content/What to cover: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Developing and Teaching in Flexible Learning Environment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Introduction /Getting Started (F2F) ====&lt;br /&gt;
How this course works? learners profile? course schedule?&lt;br /&gt;
Before planning stage: developing outcomes, basics of learning theory, exploring FL environments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Online ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 1:&#039;&#039;&#039; Need analysis, Outcomes and alignment, assessment of learning, quality framework, basics of learning theory, learner engagement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 2:&#039;&#039;&#039; creating/adapting content (writing style, using example, structuring activities, using images)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 3:&#039;&#039;&#039; Online Teaching, Flipping classrooms, before start of the course, engaging learners in Discussion and content/resource development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments/Activities&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Articulate learning activities&lt;br /&gt;
* Articulate assessment and self-assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a course or module structure&lt;br /&gt;
* Create module content (either blended or online)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an engaging activity integrating a new technology/tool(engagement activities)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a group project (within a group)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a rubric&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:TeachingFLE&amp;diff=273981</id>
		<title>Sandbox:TeachingFLE</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:TeachingFLE&amp;diff=273981"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T22:58:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Course outcomes: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Project Goals ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course/project will provide participants with an orientation to flexible learning and its potential impact on their practice. The course is to offer the foundational skills required for successful blended instructions and to bring the instructors to a level in which they feel comfortable with effectively combining pedagogy, research informed teaching strategies and technologies in different flexible learning environments. The cohort nature of the course gives participants the opportunity to collaborate with and learn from others in different disciplines in addition to providing the first-hand experience of online learning. The course will provide a platform with scaffolding nurturing for teaching and learning community to connect and reconnect on flexible learning practices and share resources and promising practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Course outcomes: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let&#039;s work on this to finalize it for Monday...less, concise, and measurable (How to write measurable outcomes http://wiki.ubc.ca/Sandbox:How_to_Write)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Participants will be able to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Examine teaching and learning challenges in flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Explore and categorize effective practices of various examples of flexible teaching such as flipped classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
* Generate strategies for effective teaching or facilitation in a flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify the most effective teaching strategies to ensure student engagement in participants&#039; own context.&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyze various methods of content delivery, communication, collaboration, assessment, and course management in a flexible teaching and learning environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Explore various learning technologies and use a recommended framework to select and integrate the most appropriate tools in participants&#039; own context.&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan, design (or redesign), and develop a module to incorporate active learning in flexible learning environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Self or peer review the effectiveness of the design of at least one learning module a participant developed for flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Format/Content/What to cover: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Developing and Teaching in Flexible Learning Environment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Introduction /Getting Started (F2F) ====&lt;br /&gt;
How this course works? learners profile? course schedule?&lt;br /&gt;
Before planning stage: developing outcomes, basics of learning theory, exploring FL environments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Online ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 1:&#039;&#039;&#039; Need analysis, Outcomes and alignment, assessment of learning, quality framework, basics of learning theory, learner engagement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 2:&#039;&#039;&#039; creating/adapting content (writing style, using example, structuring activities, using images)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 3:&#039;&#039;&#039; Online Teaching, Flipping classrooms, before start of the course, engaging learners in Discussion and content/resource development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments/Activities&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Articulate learning activities&lt;br /&gt;
* Articulate assessment and self-assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a course or module structure&lt;br /&gt;
* Create module content (either blended or online)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an engaging activity integrating a new technology/tool(engagement activities)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a group project (within a group)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a rubric&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:TeachingFLE&amp;diff=273980</id>
		<title>Sandbox:TeachingFLE</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:TeachingFLE&amp;diff=273980"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T22:53:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Course outcomes: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Project Goals ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course/project will provide participants with an orientation to flexible learning and its potential impact on their practice. The course is to offer the foundational skills required for successful blended instructions and to bring the instructors to a level in which they feel comfortable with effectively combining pedagogy, research informed teaching strategies and technologies in different flexible learning environments. The cohort nature of the course gives participants the opportunity to collaborate with and learn from others in different disciplines in addition to providing the first-hand experience of online learning. The course will provide a platform with scaffolding nurturing for teaching and learning community to connect and reconnect on flexible learning practices and share resources and promising practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Course outcomes: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let&#039;s work on this to finalize it for Monday...less, concise, and measurable (How to write measurable outcomes http://wiki.ubc.ca/Sandbox:How_to_Write)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Participants will be able to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Examine teaching and learning challenges in flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Explore and categorize effective practices of various examples of flexible teaching such as flipped classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
* Generate strategies for effective teaching or facilitation in a flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify the most effective teaching strategies to ensure student engagement in participants&#039; own context.&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyze various methods of content delivery, communication, collaboration, assessment, and course management in a flexible teaching and learning environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Explore various learning technologies, provide a framework to help instructors evaluate their alignment to specific teaching goals and strategies, and integrate the most appropriate tools for their teaching strategies and course materials.&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan, design (or redesign), and develop a module to incorporate active learning in flexible learning environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Self or peer review the effectiveness of the design of at least one learning module a participant developed for flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Format/Content/What to cover: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Developing and Teaching in Flexible Learning Environment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Introduction /Getting Started (F2F) ====&lt;br /&gt;
How this course works? learners profile? course schedule?&lt;br /&gt;
Before planning stage: developing outcomes, basics of learning theory, exploring FL environments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Online ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 1:&#039;&#039;&#039; Need analysis, Outcomes and alignment, assessment of learning, quality framework, basics of learning theory, learner engagement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 2:&#039;&#039;&#039; creating/adapting content (writing style, using example, structuring activities, using images)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 3:&#039;&#039;&#039; Online Teaching, Flipping classrooms, before start of the course, engaging learners in Discussion and content/resource development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments/Activities&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Articulate learning activities&lt;br /&gt;
* Articulate assessment and self-assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a course or module structure&lt;br /&gt;
* Create module content (either blended or online)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an engaging activity integrating a new technology/tool(engagement activities)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a group project (within a group)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a rubric&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:TeachingFLE&amp;diff=273979</id>
		<title>Sandbox:TeachingFLE</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:TeachingFLE&amp;diff=273979"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T22:51:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Course outcomes: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Project Goals ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course/project will provide participants with an orientation to flexible learning and its potential impact on their practice. The course is to offer the foundational skills required for successful blended instructions and to bring the instructors to a level in which they feel comfortable with effectively combining pedagogy, research informed teaching strategies and technologies in different flexible learning environments. The cohort nature of the course gives participants the opportunity to collaborate with and learn from others in different disciplines in addition to providing the first-hand experience of online learning. The course will provide a platform with scaffolding nurturing for teaching and learning community to connect and reconnect on flexible learning practices and share resources and promising practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Course outcomes: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let&#039;s work on this to finalize it for Monday...less, concise, and measurable (How to write measurable outcomes http://wiki.ubc.ca/Sandbox:How_to_Write)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Participants will be able to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Examine teaching and learning challenges in flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Explore and categorize effective practices of various examples of flexible teaching such as flipped classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
* Generate strategies for effective teaching or facilitation in a flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify the most effective teaching strategies to ensure student engagement in participants&#039; own context.&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyze various methods of content delivery, communication, collaboration, assessment, and course management in a flexible teaching and learning environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Explore various learning technologies, provide a framework to help instructors evaluate their alignment to specific teaching goals and strategies, and integrate the most appropriate tools for their teaching strategies and course materials.&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan, design (or redesign), and develop a module to incorporate active learning in flexible learning environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Self or peer review the effectiveness of the design of the learning module participants developed for flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Format/Content/What to cover: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Developing and Teaching in Flexible Learning Environment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Introduction /Getting Started (F2F) ====&lt;br /&gt;
How this course works? learners profile? course schedule?&lt;br /&gt;
Before planning stage: developing outcomes, basics of learning theory, exploring FL environments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Online ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 1:&#039;&#039;&#039; Need analysis, Outcomes and alignment, assessment of learning, quality framework, basics of learning theory, learner engagement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 2:&#039;&#039;&#039; creating/adapting content (writing style, using example, structuring activities, using images)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 3:&#039;&#039;&#039; Online Teaching, Flipping classrooms, before start of the course, engaging learners in Discussion and content/resource development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments/Activities&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Articulate learning activities&lt;br /&gt;
* Articulate assessment and self-assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a course or module structure&lt;br /&gt;
* Create module content (either blended or online)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an engaging activity integrating a new technology/tool(engagement activities)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a group project (within a group)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a rubric&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:TeachingFLE&amp;diff=273977</id>
		<title>Sandbox:TeachingFLE</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:TeachingFLE&amp;diff=273977"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T22:28:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Course outcomes: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Project Goals ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course/project will provide participants with an orientation to flexible learning and its potential impact on their practice. The course is to offer the foundational skills required for successful blended instructions and to bring the instructors to a level in which they feel comfortable with effectively combining pedagogy, research informed teaching strategies and technologies in different flexible learning environments. The cohort nature of the course gives participants the opportunity to collaborate with and learn from others in different disciplines in addition to providing the first-hand experience of online learning. The course will provide a platform with scaffolding nurturing for teaching and learning community to connect and reconnect on flexible learning practices and share resources and promising practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Course outcomes: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let&#039;s work on this to finalize it for Monday...less, concise, and measurable (How to write measurable outcomes http://wiki.ubc.ca/Sandbox:How_to_Write)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Participants will be able to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Examine teaching and learning challenges in flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Explore and categorize effective practices of various examples of flexible teaching such as flipped classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
* Generate strategies for effective teaching or facilitation in a flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify the most effective teaching strategies to ensure student engagement in participants&#039; own context.&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyze various methods of content delivery, communication, collaboration, assessment, and course management in a flexible teaching and learning environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Explore various learning technologies, provide a framework to help instructors evaluate their alignment to specific teaching goals and strategies, and integrate the most appropriate tools for their teaching strategies and course materials.&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan, design (or redesign), and develop a module to incorporate active learning in flexible learning environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Self or peer review the effectiveness of the design of the learning module participants developed for flexible learning development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Format/Content/What to cover: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Developing and Teaching in Flexible Learning Environment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Introduction /Getting Started (F2F) ====&lt;br /&gt;
How this course works? learners profile? course schedule?&lt;br /&gt;
Before planning stage: developing outcomes, basics of learning theory, exploring FL environments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Online ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 1:&#039;&#039;&#039; Need analysis, Outcomes and alignment, assessment of learning, quality framework, basics of learning theory, learner engagement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 2:&#039;&#039;&#039; creating/adapting content (writing style, using example, structuring activities, using images)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 3:&#039;&#039;&#039; Online Teaching, Flipping classrooms, before start of the course, engaging learners in Discussion and content/resource development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments/Activities&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Articulate learning activities&lt;br /&gt;
* Articulate assessment and self-assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a course or module structure&lt;br /&gt;
* Create module content (either blended or online)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an engaging activity integrating a new technology/tool(engagement activities)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a group project (within a group)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a rubric&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:TeachingFLE&amp;diff=273976</id>
		<title>Sandbox:TeachingFLE</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Sandbox:TeachingFLE&amp;diff=273976"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T22:28:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Course outcomes: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Project Goals ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course/project will provide participants with an orientation to flexible learning and its potential impact on their practice. The course is to offer the foundational skills required for successful blended instructions and to bring the instructors to a level in which they feel comfortable with effectively combining pedagogy, research informed teaching strategies and technologies in different flexible learning environments. The cohort nature of the course gives participants the opportunity to collaborate with and learn from others in different disciplines in addition to providing the first-hand experience of online learning. The course will provide a platform with scaffolding nurturing for teaching and learning community to connect and reconnect on flexible learning practices and share resources and promising practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Course outcomes: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let&#039;s work on this to finalize it for Monday...less, concise, and measurable (How to write measurable outcomes http://wiki.ubc.ca/Sandbox:How_to_Write)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Participants will be able to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Examine teaching and learning challenges in flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Explore and categorize effective practices of various examples of flexible teaching such as flipped classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
* Generate strategies for effective teaching or facilitation in a flexible learning environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify the most effective teaching strategies to ensure student engagement in participants&#039; own context.&lt;br /&gt;
* Analyze various methods of content delivery, communication, collaboration, assessment, and course management in a flexible teaching and learning environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Explore various learning technologies, provide a framework to help instructors evaluate their alignment to specific teaching goals and strategies, and integrate the most appropriate tools for their teaching strategies and course materials.&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan, design (or redesign), and develop a module to incorporate active learning in flexible learning environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Self or peer review the effectiveness of the design of the learning module participants developed for flexible learning development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Format/Content/What to cover: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Developing and Teaching in Flexible Learning Environment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Introduction /Getting Started (F2F) ====&lt;br /&gt;
How this course works? learners profile? course schedule?&lt;br /&gt;
Before planning stage: developing outcomes, basics of learning theory, exploring FL environments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Online ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 1:&#039;&#039;&#039; Need analysis, Outcomes and alignment, assessment of learning, quality framework, basics of learning theory, learner engagement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 2:&#039;&#039;&#039; creating/adapting content (writing style, using example, structuring activities, using images)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Module 3:&#039;&#039;&#039; Online Teaching, Flipping classrooms, before start of the course, engaging learners in Discussion and content/resource development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments/Activities&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Articulate learning activities&lt;br /&gt;
* Articulate assessment and self-assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a course or module structure&lt;br /&gt;
* Create module content (either blended or online)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an engaging activity integrating a new technology/tool(engagement activities)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a group project (within a group)&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a rubric&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267063</id>
		<title>Course:SPPH536/Readings and Resources</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267063"/>
		<updated>2013-12-15T21:48:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Week Thirteen */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Readings and Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Jan 2012&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week One===&lt;br /&gt;
There are no assigned readings this week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Two===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Reclaiming Connections: Understanding Residential School Trauma Among Aboriginal People. Ottawa, Ontario: Aboriginal Healing Foundation; 2005. Sections I-III, pages 11-63.&lt;br /&gt;
# Whitbeck, L. B., Adams, G. W., Hoyt, D. R., &amp;amp; Chen, X. (2004). Conceptualizing and measuring historical Trauma among American Indian people. American Journal of Community Psychology, 33(3/4), 119–130.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Addictive Behaviours and Residential School Abuse. In Addictive Behaviours Among Aboriginal People in Canada, Aboriginal Healing Foundation in Canada, Ottawa, pp. 19-28. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mitchel, T., Maracle D. (2005). Healing the generations: Post-traumatic stress and the health status of Aboriginal populations in Canada. Journal of Aboriginal Health, 2(1), 14-24.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Evans-Campbell, T. (2008). Historical trauma in American Indian/ Native Alaskan Communities: A multilevel framework for exploring impacts on individuals, families and communities. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 23 (316-338).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course texts readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-6&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Tuition of Thomas Moore; pp. 3-9&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: The Imperial Heritage, 1830-1879; pp. 11-22&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: The Founding Vision of Residential School Education, 1879-1920; pp.23-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “A National Crime”: Building and Managing the System, 1879-1946; pp. 51-75&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “The Charge of Manslaughter”: Disease and Death, 1879-1946; pp. 77-107&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: “We Are Going to Tell You How We Are Treated”: Food and Clothing, 1879 to 1946; pp. 109-128. &lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Introduction, Chapter 1&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Introduction; pp. ix-xxiii&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Health in British Columbia: Overview; pp. 3-18&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Three===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson N. (2005). The embodiment of inequity: health disparities in Aboriginal Canada. Canadian Journal of Public Health;96(S2):s45-60. &lt;br /&gt;
# Estey, E., Kmetic, A.M., Reading, J. (2007). Innovative approaches in public health research: Applying life course epidemiology to Aboriginal health research. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 98(6): 444-446.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smylie, J., Anderson, M. (2006). Understanding the health of Indigenous peoples in Canada: key methodological and conceptual challenges. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 176(6):602-605.&lt;br /&gt;
# Assembly of First Nations. (2006). First Nations Public Health: A Framework for Improving the Health of Our People and Our Communities. Chapter 1: Introduction, pp. 3-12; Chapter 2: Health Determinants, pp.13-20; Chapter 3: Jurisdiction and Organization, pp. 21-45; Chapter 4: Surveillance, pp. 47-63; Chapter 5: Health Promotion, Protection and Disease Prevention, pp. 65-84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram et al. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-2, 4, 8&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: An Overview of the Aboriginal Peoples of Canada; pp. 3-23&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Health and Disease Prior to European Contact; pp. 24-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Aboriginal Peoples and the Health Transition; pp. 73-125&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: The organization and utilization of contemporary health services; 210-235.&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Chapters 6-8&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: Acts of Humanity: Indian Health Services; pp.100-128.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: Doctors, Hospitals, and Field Matrons: On the Ground with Indian Health Services; pp.129-152.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: Medical Pluralism in Aboriginal Communities; pp. 153-72.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Four===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Christian, W.M., Spittal, P.M., (2009). The Cedar Project: Acknowledging the Pain of our Children, The Lancet; 372(9644): 1132-1133. &lt;br /&gt;
# O’Neil, J. (1986). The politics of health in the Fourth World: a Northern Canadian example. Human Organization, 45, 119-128.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indian Act. R.S., c. I-6, s. 1. Published by the Minister of Justice. Available online:   HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca&amp;quot;  http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca.&lt;br /&gt;
# Waters, S. (no date). British Columbia’s Public Health Act from a First Nations’ Perspective: Discussion Paper, (35p).&lt;br /&gt;
# Boyer, Y. (2004). First Nations, Metis and Inuit Health Care: The Crown’s Fiduciary Obligation. National Aboriginal Health Organization Discussion Paper Series in Aboriginal Health: Legal Issues. Native Law Centre, Saskatchewan. Available online: http://www.naho.ca/english/publications/DP_crowns_obligation.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.; &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 7, 9&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: The Parenting Presumption: Neglect and Abuse; pp. 129-156&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Integration for Closure, 1946-1986; 189-209&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 10: Persistence: The Struggle for Closure; pp. 211-238&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M.; &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 4&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 4: A ‘Scandalous Procession’: Residential Schooling and the Reformation of Aboriginal bodies; pp. 57-80.&lt;br /&gt;
#Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-3&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 1: The Perpetual Stranger: Four Generations in My Sto:lo Family; pp. 19-46.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 2: “Killing the Indian in the Child”, Four Centuries of Church-Run Schools; pp.47-80.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 3: Wolves in Sheep’s Clothing: The Child Welfare System; pp. 81-114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Five===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# First Nations Centre. (2007). OCAP: Ownership, Control, Access and Possession. Sanctioned by the First Nations Information Governance Committee, Assembly of First Nations. Ottawa: National Aboriginal Health Organization. &lt;br /&gt;
# Schnarch, B. (2004). Ownership, control, access, and possession (OCAP) or self-determination applied to research: A critical analysis of contemporary First Nations research and some options for First Nations communities. Journal of Aboriginal Health, 1(1), 80-95.&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters, K.L., et al. (2009). “Indigenist” Research Efforts in Native American Communities. In The Field Research Survival Guide, Arlene Rubin Stiffman, Ed. Oxford University Press: New York, pp.146-73.&lt;br /&gt;
# Paradies, Y.C. (2006). Defining, Conceptualizing and Characterizing Racism in Health Research. Critical Public Health; June 2006; 16(2): 143-157.&lt;br /&gt;
# Brant Castellano, M. (2004). Ethics of Aboriginal Research. Journal of Aboriginal Health, January; 98-114. &lt;br /&gt;
# Armstrong, T. (2000). Celebrating Community Knowledge: Encouraging Involvement, Achieving Ownership and Building Confidence Through Comprehensive Community Consultation. Native Social Work Journal, 3, 99-106. &lt;br /&gt;
# CIHR (2010). Tri-Council Policy Statement: Ethical Conduct for Research Involving Humans; Chapter 9: Research Involving the First Nations, Inuit and Métis Peoples of Canada (  HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://www.pre.ethics.gc.ca/pdf/eng/tcps2/TCPS_2_FINAL_Web.pdf&amp;quot;  http://www.pre.ethics.gc.ca/pdf/eng/tcps2/TCPS_2_FINAL_Web.pdf )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 4&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “Infinite Comfort and Time”, Healing Survivors of Sexual Abuse; pp.115-142.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smith, L. T. (1999). Decolonizing methodologies. Research and Indigenous peoples. London: Zed Books. &#039;&#039;Chapters 2-4&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Research Through Imperial Eyes, pp. 42-57; &lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: Colonizing Knowledges, pp. 58-77.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Research Adventures on Indigenous Lands; pp. 83-94.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Six===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Spittal PM, Craib KJP, Teegee M, Baylis C, Christian WM, Moniruzzaman A, et al. The Cedar Project: Prevalence and Correlates of HIV Infection among Young Aboriginal People who use Drugs in Two Canadian Cities. International Journal of Circumpolar Health. 2007;66(3):225-40.&lt;br /&gt;
# For the Cedar Project Partnership, ME Pearce, WM Christian, K. Patterson, PM Spittal The Cedar Project: Historical trauma, Sexual abuse and HIV risk among Aboriginal young people who use injection and non injection drugs in two Canadian cities. Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine. 66 (2008), 2185-2194. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duran, B. &amp;amp; Walters, K. (2004). HIV/AIDS Prevention in Indian country: Current Practice, Indigenist Etiology Models and post-colonial approaches to change. AIDS Education and Prevention 16 (3), 187-201. &lt;br /&gt;
# Craib KJ, Spittal PM, Wood E, Laliberte N, Hogg RS, Li K, et al. (2003). Risk factors for elevated HIV incidence among Aboriginal injection drug users in Vancouver. Canadian Medical Association journal, 168(1):19-24. &lt;br /&gt;
# Barlow K. Examining HIV/AIDS among the Aboriginal population in Canada in the post-residential school era. Aboriginal Healing Foundation, Ottawa; 2003. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mill, J.E. (2000). Describing an Explanatory Model of HIV Illness among Aboriginal Women. Holistic Nursing Practice, 42-56.&lt;br /&gt;
# Orchard, T.R., Druyts, E., McInnes, C.W. et al. (2010). Factors behind HIV testing practices among Canadian Aboriginal peoples living off-reserve. AIDS Care, 22(3); 324-331. Available at: http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/section?content=a920386834&amp;amp;fulltext=713240928&lt;br /&gt;
# Craib, KJP, Spittal, PM, Patel, SH, Christian, WM, Moniruzzaman, A, Pearce, M, Demarais, L &amp;amp; Schechter MT. The Cedar Project: Prevalence of Hepatitis C virus infection and related vulnerabilities among young Aboriginal people who use drugs in tow Canadian cities. Open Medicine, 3(4): 220-227&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “I am Responsible, I am Accountable”, Healing Aboriginal Sex Offenders; pp.143-172.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Seven===&lt;br /&gt;
Reading Week&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eight===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J.A., Vermeulen, S.U., Toth, M.L. et al. (2009). Increasing Incidence and Prevalence of Diabetes among the Status Aboriginal Population in Urban and Rural Alberta, 1995-2006. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 100(3): 231-236.&lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N.D. (2005). Determinants of Healthy Eating in Aboriginal Peoples in Canada. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 96 Suppl 3:S32-6, S36-41.&lt;br /&gt;
# Martens, P.J. et al. (2007). Diabetes and Adverse Outcomes in a First Nations Population: Associations with Healthcare Access, and Socioeconomic and Geographic Factors. Canadian Journal of Diabetes, 31(3); 223-232. &lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N. (2005). Overweight in First Nations Children: Prevalence, Implications, and Solutions. Journal of Aboriginal Health, March, 2005: 76-86. &lt;br /&gt;
# Downs, S.M., et al. (2009). Associations among the food environment, diet quality and weight status in Cree children in Quebec. Public Health Nutrition, 12(9): 1504-1511.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spurr, S. (2007). The Politics of Policy Development to End Obesity for Aboriginal Youth in the Educational Environment, First Peoples Child &amp;amp; Family Review, 3(3); 72-83. Available at:   HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://www.fncfcs.com/pubs/vol3num3/Spurr_72.pdf&amp;quot;  http://www.fncfcs.com/pubs/vol3num3/Spurr_72.pdf &lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J., Vermeulen, S. et al. (2009). Increasing incidence and prevalence of diabetes among the Status Aboriginal population in urban and rural Alberta, 1995-2006. Canadian Public Health Association Journal, 100(3); 231-36.&lt;br /&gt;
# Egeland, G., Pacey, A., Cao, Z., &amp;amp; Sobel, I. (2010). Food insecurity among Inuit preschoolers: Nunavut Inuit Child Health Survey, 2007–2008. CMAJ, 182(3): 243-248.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chan H., Fediuk K., Hamilton S., Rostas L., Caughey A., Kuhnlein H., Egeland G, &amp;amp; Loring E. (2006). Food security in Nunavut, Canada: Barriers and recommendations. International Journal of Circumpolar Health, 65(5): 417-431. &lt;br /&gt;
# Samson, C., &amp;amp; Pretty, J. (2006). Environmental and health benefits of hunting lifestvles and diets for the Innu of Labrador. Food Policy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: ‘My People Are Sick. My Young Men Are Angry’: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Diet and Nutrition; pp. 19-37.&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 12&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 12: The Failure of Guardianship: Neglect &amp;amp; Abuse, 1946-1986; pp. 259-93.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Nine===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poster Presentations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Ten===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Furgal, C. &amp;amp; Seguin, J. (2006). Climate Change, Health, and Vulnerability in Canadian Northern Aboriginal Communities. Environmental Health Perspectives, 114(12): 1964-1970. &lt;br /&gt;
# Hill, D.M. (2003). Traditional Medicine in Contemporary Contexts: Protecting and Respecting Indigenous Knowledge and Medicine. National Aboriginal Health Organization. &lt;br /&gt;
# National Aboriginal Health Organization. (2008). An Overview Of Traditional Knowledge And Medicine And Public Health In Canada. Ottawa: Author.&lt;br /&gt;
# Richmond, C.A.M. &amp;amp; Ross, N.A. (2008). The Determinants of First Nation and Inuit Health: A Critical Population Health Approach. Health &amp;amp; Place, 15: 403-411. &lt;br /&gt;
# Turner, N.J., Turner, K.L. (2008). “Where Our Women Used to Get the Food”: Cumulative Effects and Loss of Ethnobotanical Knowledge and Practice; Case Study from Coastal British Columbia. Botany, 86: 103-115. &lt;br /&gt;
# Smye, V., Browne, A.J. (2002). &#039;Cultural safety&#039; and the analysis of health policy affecting aboriginal people. Nursing Research, 9(3): 42-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 3, 5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: ‘Running Out of Spaces’: Sanitation and Environment in Aboriginal Habitations; pp. 38-56.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: Aboriginal Conceptions of the Body, Disease, and Medicine; pp. 83-99.&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 5, 9&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 5: Medical Traditions in Aboriginal Cultures; pp. 126-152.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 9: Aboriginal Healing in the Contemporary Context; pp. 236-261.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eleven===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters KL, Simoni JM. Reconceptualizing native women&#039;s health: an &amp;quot;indigenist&amp;quot; stress-coping model. American Journal of Public Health. 2002 Apr;92(4):520-4.&lt;br /&gt;
# Simoni JM, Sehgal S, Walters KL. Triangle of risk: urban American Indian women&#039;s sexual trauma, injection drug use, and HIV sexual risk behaviors. AIDS and behavior. 2004 Mar;8(1):33-45.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browne, A.J. &amp;amp; Fiske, J. (2001). First Nation’s Women’s Encounters with Mainstream Health Care Services. Western Journal of Nursing Research, 23(2), 126-147. &lt;br /&gt;
# Jacobs, B., Williams, A. (2008). Legacy of residential schools: Missing and murdered Aboriginal women. From truth to reconciliation: Transforming the legacy of residential schools, Eds. Castellano, M.B., Archibald, L., DeGagné, M. Aboriginal Healing Foundation. Ottawa: 2008. &lt;br /&gt;
# Evans-Campbell, T., Lindhorst, T., Huang, B., Walters, K.L. (2006). Interpersonal violence in the lives of urban American Indian and Alaska Native women: implications for health, mental health, and help-seeking. American Journal of Public Health, 9(8); 1416-22. &lt;br /&gt;
# Browne, A., Varcoe, C., Smye, V. et al. (2009). Cultural Safety and the Challenge of Translating Critically Oriented Knowledge in Practice. Nursing Philosophy, 10(3); 167-79. &lt;br /&gt;
# Browne, A. J. &amp;amp; Smye, V. A post-colonial analysis of healthcare discourses addressing aboriginal women. Nurse.Res. 9, 28-41 (2002).&lt;br /&gt;
# Van Wagner V, Osepchook,C., Harney, E., Crosbie, C., Tulugak,M. (2012). Remote midwifery in nunavik, Québec, Canada: outcomes of perinatal care for the inuulitsivik health centre, 2000-2007. Birth, 39(3):230-7.&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters, K., Beltran, R., Evans-Campbell, T., Simoni, J. (2011). Keeping Our Hearts from Touching the Ground: HIV/AIDS in American Indian and Alaska Native Women. Women’s Health Issues, 21(6): S261-S265.&lt;br /&gt;
# Proudrier, J., Thomas Mac-Lean, R. (2009). ‘We&#039;ve fallen into the cracks’: Aboriginal women&#039;s experiences with breast cancer through photovoice. Nursing Inquiry, 16(4): 306-317.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Twelve===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Brant Castellano M. Reflections on Identity and Empowerment Recurring Themes in the Discourse on and with Aboriginal Youth. Horizons: Policy Research Initiative. 2008;10(1):7-12.&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrado R, Cohen I, Watkinson A. The Over -Representation of Aboriginal Youth in Custody Policy Challenges. Horizons: Policy Research Initiative. 2008;10(1):79-82.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dion-Stout M, Kipling G, Stout R. Aboriginal people, resilience and the residential school legacy. Ottawa: Aboriginal Healing Foundation, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson, N., Lipinski, A. The Community Youth Initiative Project. In Aboriginal Healing in Canada: Studies in Therapeutic Meaning and Practice. Aboriginal Healing Foundation. Ottawa: 2008, 9-30. &lt;br /&gt;
# Blackstock, C. &amp;amp; Trocmé, N. Community-Based Child Welfare for Aboriginal Children: Supporting Resilience Through Structural Change. (2005). In Handbook for Working with Children and Youth: Pathways to Resilience Across Cultures and Contexts. Thousand Oaks: Sage Press. Michael Ungar, Ed.; pp. 105-120. &lt;br /&gt;
# Hutchinson, P.J., Richardson, C.G., Bottorff, J.L. (2009). Emergent cigarette smoking, correlations with depression and interest in cessation among Aboriginal adolescents in British Columbia. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 99(5): 418-22. &lt;br /&gt;
# Tousignant, M., (2009). Resilience and Aboriginal Communities in Crisis: Theory and Interventions. Journal of Aboriginal Health, November, 2009; 43-61. &lt;br /&gt;
# Lavallee, B. &amp;amp; Clearsky, L. From Woundedness to Resilience: A Critical Review from an Aboriginal Perspective. Journal of Aboriginal Health 3, 4-6 (2006).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 9-11&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 10: Self-Determination and Health Care; pp. 262&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 7&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: “We Can Heal”, Aboriginal Children Today; pp. 205-236.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Thirteen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Graham, H., Stamler, L. Contemporary perceptions of health from an Indigenous (Plains Cree) Perspective. Journal of Aboriginal Health, January 2010. (http://www.naho.ca/jah/english/jah06_01/v6_I1_Contemporary_Perceptions.pdf)&lt;br /&gt;
# Martin Hill, D. Traditional medicine and restoration of wellness strategies. Journal of Aboriginal Health, November 2009. (http://www.naho.ca/jah/english/jah05_01/V5_I1_Restoration_02.pdf)&lt;br /&gt;
# Wilson, A. Living well: Aboriginal women, cultural identity, and wellness. The Prairie Women’s Health Centre of Excellence, 2004. (http://www.pwhce.ca/pdf/livingWell.pdf)&lt;br /&gt;
# Poonwassie, A. (2001) An Aboriginal worldview of helping: Empowering approaches. Canadian Journal of Counseling, 35:1. (http://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ622699.pdf)&lt;br /&gt;
# A path forward: BC First Nations and Aboriginal people’s mental wellness and substance use – 10 year plan. First Nations Health Authority, 2013. (http://www.fnha.ca/Documents/FNHA_MWSU.pdf) &lt;br /&gt;
# Kehoe, T. “Island Nations focus on mental wellness”. Spirit, Winter 2013; 20-21. (http://www.fnha.ca/SpiritMagazine/Spirit_Winter_2013.pdf)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267062</id>
		<title>Course:SPPH536/Readings and Resources</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267062"/>
		<updated>2013-12-15T21:46:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Week Twelve */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Readings and Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Jan 2012&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week One===&lt;br /&gt;
There are no assigned readings this week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Two===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Reclaiming Connections: Understanding Residential School Trauma Among Aboriginal People. Ottawa, Ontario: Aboriginal Healing Foundation; 2005. Sections I-III, pages 11-63.&lt;br /&gt;
# Whitbeck, L. B., Adams, G. W., Hoyt, D. R., &amp;amp; Chen, X. (2004). Conceptualizing and measuring historical Trauma among American Indian people. American Journal of Community Psychology, 33(3/4), 119–130.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Addictive Behaviours and Residential School Abuse. In Addictive Behaviours Among Aboriginal People in Canada, Aboriginal Healing Foundation in Canada, Ottawa, pp. 19-28. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mitchel, T., Maracle D. (2005). Healing the generations: Post-traumatic stress and the health status of Aboriginal populations in Canada. Journal of Aboriginal Health, 2(1), 14-24.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Evans-Campbell, T. (2008). Historical trauma in American Indian/ Native Alaskan Communities: A multilevel framework for exploring impacts on individuals, families and communities. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 23 (316-338).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course texts readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-6&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Tuition of Thomas Moore; pp. 3-9&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: The Imperial Heritage, 1830-1879; pp. 11-22&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: The Founding Vision of Residential School Education, 1879-1920; pp.23-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “A National Crime”: Building and Managing the System, 1879-1946; pp. 51-75&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “The Charge of Manslaughter”: Disease and Death, 1879-1946; pp. 77-107&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: “We Are Going to Tell You How We Are Treated”: Food and Clothing, 1879 to 1946; pp. 109-128. &lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Introduction, Chapter 1&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Introduction; pp. ix-xxiii&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Health in British Columbia: Overview; pp. 3-18&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Three===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson N. (2005). The embodiment of inequity: health disparities in Aboriginal Canada. Canadian Journal of Public Health;96(S2):s45-60. &lt;br /&gt;
# Estey, E., Kmetic, A.M., Reading, J. (2007). Innovative approaches in public health research: Applying life course epidemiology to Aboriginal health research. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 98(6): 444-446.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smylie, J., Anderson, M. (2006). Understanding the health of Indigenous peoples in Canada: key methodological and conceptual challenges. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 176(6):602-605.&lt;br /&gt;
# Assembly of First Nations. (2006). First Nations Public Health: A Framework for Improving the Health of Our People and Our Communities. Chapter 1: Introduction, pp. 3-12; Chapter 2: Health Determinants, pp.13-20; Chapter 3: Jurisdiction and Organization, pp. 21-45; Chapter 4: Surveillance, pp. 47-63; Chapter 5: Health Promotion, Protection and Disease Prevention, pp. 65-84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram et al. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-2, 4, 8&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: An Overview of the Aboriginal Peoples of Canada; pp. 3-23&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Health and Disease Prior to European Contact; pp. 24-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Aboriginal Peoples and the Health Transition; pp. 73-125&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: The organization and utilization of contemporary health services; 210-235.&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Chapters 6-8&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: Acts of Humanity: Indian Health Services; pp.100-128.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: Doctors, Hospitals, and Field Matrons: On the Ground with Indian Health Services; pp.129-152.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: Medical Pluralism in Aboriginal Communities; pp. 153-72.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Four===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Christian, W.M., Spittal, P.M., (2009). The Cedar Project: Acknowledging the Pain of our Children, The Lancet; 372(9644): 1132-1133. &lt;br /&gt;
# O’Neil, J. (1986). The politics of health in the Fourth World: a Northern Canadian example. Human Organization, 45, 119-128.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indian Act. R.S., c. I-6, s. 1. Published by the Minister of Justice. Available online:   HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca&amp;quot;  http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca.&lt;br /&gt;
# Waters, S. (no date). British Columbia’s Public Health Act from a First Nations’ Perspective: Discussion Paper, (35p).&lt;br /&gt;
# Boyer, Y. (2004). First Nations, Metis and Inuit Health Care: The Crown’s Fiduciary Obligation. National Aboriginal Health Organization Discussion Paper Series in Aboriginal Health: Legal Issues. Native Law Centre, Saskatchewan. Available online: http://www.naho.ca/english/publications/DP_crowns_obligation.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.; &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 7, 9&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: The Parenting Presumption: Neglect and Abuse; pp. 129-156&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Integration for Closure, 1946-1986; 189-209&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 10: Persistence: The Struggle for Closure; pp. 211-238&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M.; &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 4&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 4: A ‘Scandalous Procession’: Residential Schooling and the Reformation of Aboriginal bodies; pp. 57-80.&lt;br /&gt;
#Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-3&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 1: The Perpetual Stranger: Four Generations in My Sto:lo Family; pp. 19-46.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 2: “Killing the Indian in the Child”, Four Centuries of Church-Run Schools; pp.47-80.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 3: Wolves in Sheep’s Clothing: The Child Welfare System; pp. 81-114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Five===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# First Nations Centre. (2007). OCAP: Ownership, Control, Access and Possession. Sanctioned by the First Nations Information Governance Committee, Assembly of First Nations. Ottawa: National Aboriginal Health Organization. &lt;br /&gt;
# Schnarch, B. (2004). Ownership, control, access, and possession (OCAP) or self-determination applied to research: A critical analysis of contemporary First Nations research and some options for First Nations communities. Journal of Aboriginal Health, 1(1), 80-95.&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters, K.L., et al. (2009). “Indigenist” Research Efforts in Native American Communities. In The Field Research Survival Guide, Arlene Rubin Stiffman, Ed. Oxford University Press: New York, pp.146-73.&lt;br /&gt;
# Paradies, Y.C. (2006). Defining, Conceptualizing and Characterizing Racism in Health Research. Critical Public Health; June 2006; 16(2): 143-157.&lt;br /&gt;
# Brant Castellano, M. (2004). Ethics of Aboriginal Research. Journal of Aboriginal Health, January; 98-114. &lt;br /&gt;
# Armstrong, T. (2000). Celebrating Community Knowledge: Encouraging Involvement, Achieving Ownership and Building Confidence Through Comprehensive Community Consultation. Native Social Work Journal, 3, 99-106. &lt;br /&gt;
# CIHR (2010). Tri-Council Policy Statement: Ethical Conduct for Research Involving Humans; Chapter 9: Research Involving the First Nations, Inuit and Métis Peoples of Canada (  HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://www.pre.ethics.gc.ca/pdf/eng/tcps2/TCPS_2_FINAL_Web.pdf&amp;quot;  http://www.pre.ethics.gc.ca/pdf/eng/tcps2/TCPS_2_FINAL_Web.pdf )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 4&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “Infinite Comfort and Time”, Healing Survivors of Sexual Abuse; pp.115-142.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smith, L. T. (1999). Decolonizing methodologies. Research and Indigenous peoples. London: Zed Books. &#039;&#039;Chapters 2-4&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Research Through Imperial Eyes, pp. 42-57; &lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: Colonizing Knowledges, pp. 58-77.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Research Adventures on Indigenous Lands; pp. 83-94.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Six===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Spittal PM, Craib KJP, Teegee M, Baylis C, Christian WM, Moniruzzaman A, et al. The Cedar Project: Prevalence and Correlates of HIV Infection among Young Aboriginal People who use Drugs in Two Canadian Cities. International Journal of Circumpolar Health. 2007;66(3):225-40.&lt;br /&gt;
# For the Cedar Project Partnership, ME Pearce, WM Christian, K. Patterson, PM Spittal The Cedar Project: Historical trauma, Sexual abuse and HIV risk among Aboriginal young people who use injection and non injection drugs in two Canadian cities. Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine. 66 (2008), 2185-2194. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duran, B. &amp;amp; Walters, K. (2004). HIV/AIDS Prevention in Indian country: Current Practice, Indigenist Etiology Models and post-colonial approaches to change. AIDS Education and Prevention 16 (3), 187-201. &lt;br /&gt;
# Craib KJ, Spittal PM, Wood E, Laliberte N, Hogg RS, Li K, et al. (2003). Risk factors for elevated HIV incidence among Aboriginal injection drug users in Vancouver. Canadian Medical Association journal, 168(1):19-24. &lt;br /&gt;
# Barlow K. Examining HIV/AIDS among the Aboriginal population in Canada in the post-residential school era. Aboriginal Healing Foundation, Ottawa; 2003. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mill, J.E. (2000). Describing an Explanatory Model of HIV Illness among Aboriginal Women. Holistic Nursing Practice, 42-56.&lt;br /&gt;
# Orchard, T.R., Druyts, E., McInnes, C.W. et al. (2010). Factors behind HIV testing practices among Canadian Aboriginal peoples living off-reserve. AIDS Care, 22(3); 324-331. Available at: http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/section?content=a920386834&amp;amp;fulltext=713240928&lt;br /&gt;
# Craib, KJP, Spittal, PM, Patel, SH, Christian, WM, Moniruzzaman, A, Pearce, M, Demarais, L &amp;amp; Schechter MT. The Cedar Project: Prevalence of Hepatitis C virus infection and related vulnerabilities among young Aboriginal people who use drugs in tow Canadian cities. Open Medicine, 3(4): 220-227&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “I am Responsible, I am Accountable”, Healing Aboriginal Sex Offenders; pp.143-172.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Seven===&lt;br /&gt;
Reading Week&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eight===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J.A., Vermeulen, S.U., Toth, M.L. et al. (2009). Increasing Incidence and Prevalence of Diabetes among the Status Aboriginal Population in Urban and Rural Alberta, 1995-2006. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 100(3): 231-236.&lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N.D. (2005). Determinants of Healthy Eating in Aboriginal Peoples in Canada. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 96 Suppl 3:S32-6, S36-41.&lt;br /&gt;
# Martens, P.J. et al. (2007). Diabetes and Adverse Outcomes in a First Nations Population: Associations with Healthcare Access, and Socioeconomic and Geographic Factors. Canadian Journal of Diabetes, 31(3); 223-232. &lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N. (2005). Overweight in First Nations Children: Prevalence, Implications, and Solutions. Journal of Aboriginal Health, March, 2005: 76-86. &lt;br /&gt;
# Downs, S.M., et al. (2009). Associations among the food environment, diet quality and weight status in Cree children in Quebec. Public Health Nutrition, 12(9): 1504-1511.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spurr, S. (2007). The Politics of Policy Development to End Obesity for Aboriginal Youth in the Educational Environment, First Peoples Child &amp;amp; Family Review, 3(3); 72-83. Available at:   HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://www.fncfcs.com/pubs/vol3num3/Spurr_72.pdf&amp;quot;  http://www.fncfcs.com/pubs/vol3num3/Spurr_72.pdf &lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J., Vermeulen, S. et al. (2009). Increasing incidence and prevalence of diabetes among the Status Aboriginal population in urban and rural Alberta, 1995-2006. Canadian Public Health Association Journal, 100(3); 231-36.&lt;br /&gt;
# Egeland, G., Pacey, A., Cao, Z., &amp;amp; Sobel, I. (2010). Food insecurity among Inuit preschoolers: Nunavut Inuit Child Health Survey, 2007–2008. CMAJ, 182(3): 243-248.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chan H., Fediuk K., Hamilton S., Rostas L., Caughey A., Kuhnlein H., Egeland G, &amp;amp; Loring E. (2006). Food security in Nunavut, Canada: Barriers and recommendations. International Journal of Circumpolar Health, 65(5): 417-431. &lt;br /&gt;
# Samson, C., &amp;amp; Pretty, J. (2006). Environmental and health benefits of hunting lifestvles and diets for the Innu of Labrador. Food Policy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: ‘My People Are Sick. My Young Men Are Angry’: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Diet and Nutrition; pp. 19-37.&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 12&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 12: The Failure of Guardianship: Neglect &amp;amp; Abuse, 1946-1986; pp. 259-93.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Nine===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poster Presentations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Ten===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Furgal, C. &amp;amp; Seguin, J. (2006). Climate Change, Health, and Vulnerability in Canadian Northern Aboriginal Communities. Environmental Health Perspectives, 114(12): 1964-1970. &lt;br /&gt;
# Hill, D.M. (2003). Traditional Medicine in Contemporary Contexts: Protecting and Respecting Indigenous Knowledge and Medicine. National Aboriginal Health Organization. &lt;br /&gt;
# National Aboriginal Health Organization. (2008). An Overview Of Traditional Knowledge And Medicine And Public Health In Canada. Ottawa: Author.&lt;br /&gt;
# Richmond, C.A.M. &amp;amp; Ross, N.A. (2008). The Determinants of First Nation and Inuit Health: A Critical Population Health Approach. Health &amp;amp; Place, 15: 403-411. &lt;br /&gt;
# Turner, N.J., Turner, K.L. (2008). “Where Our Women Used to Get the Food”: Cumulative Effects and Loss of Ethnobotanical Knowledge and Practice; Case Study from Coastal British Columbia. Botany, 86: 103-115. &lt;br /&gt;
# Smye, V., Browne, A.J. (2002). &#039;Cultural safety&#039; and the analysis of health policy affecting aboriginal people. Nursing Research, 9(3): 42-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 3, 5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: ‘Running Out of Spaces’: Sanitation and Environment in Aboriginal Habitations; pp. 38-56.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: Aboriginal Conceptions of the Body, Disease, and Medicine; pp. 83-99.&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 5, 9&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 5: Medical Traditions in Aboriginal Cultures; pp. 126-152.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 9: Aboriginal Healing in the Contemporary Context; pp. 236-261.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eleven===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters KL, Simoni JM. Reconceptualizing native women&#039;s health: an &amp;quot;indigenist&amp;quot; stress-coping model. American Journal of Public Health. 2002 Apr;92(4):520-4.&lt;br /&gt;
# Simoni JM, Sehgal S, Walters KL. Triangle of risk: urban American Indian women&#039;s sexual trauma, injection drug use, and HIV sexual risk behaviors. AIDS and behavior. 2004 Mar;8(1):33-45.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browne, A.J. &amp;amp; Fiske, J. (2001). First Nation’s Women’s Encounters with Mainstream Health Care Services. Western Journal of Nursing Research, 23(2), 126-147. &lt;br /&gt;
# Jacobs, B., Williams, A. (2008). Legacy of residential schools: Missing and murdered Aboriginal women. From truth to reconciliation: Transforming the legacy of residential schools, Eds. Castellano, M.B., Archibald, L., DeGagné, M. Aboriginal Healing Foundation. Ottawa: 2008. &lt;br /&gt;
# Evans-Campbell, T., Lindhorst, T., Huang, B., Walters, K.L. (2006). Interpersonal violence in the lives of urban American Indian and Alaska Native women: implications for health, mental health, and help-seeking. American Journal of Public Health, 9(8); 1416-22. &lt;br /&gt;
# Browne, A., Varcoe, C., Smye, V. et al. (2009). Cultural Safety and the Challenge of Translating Critically Oriented Knowledge in Practice. Nursing Philosophy, 10(3); 167-79. &lt;br /&gt;
# Browne, A. J. &amp;amp; Smye, V. A post-colonial analysis of healthcare discourses addressing aboriginal women. Nurse.Res. 9, 28-41 (2002).&lt;br /&gt;
# Van Wagner V, Osepchook,C., Harney, E., Crosbie, C., Tulugak,M. (2012). Remote midwifery in nunavik, Québec, Canada: outcomes of perinatal care for the inuulitsivik health centre, 2000-2007. Birth, 39(3):230-7.&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters, K., Beltran, R., Evans-Campbell, T., Simoni, J. (2011). Keeping Our Hearts from Touching the Ground: HIV/AIDS in American Indian and Alaska Native Women. Women’s Health Issues, 21(6): S261-S265.&lt;br /&gt;
# Proudrier, J., Thomas Mac-Lean, R. (2009). ‘We&#039;ve fallen into the cracks’: Aboriginal women&#039;s experiences with breast cancer through photovoice. Nursing Inquiry, 16(4): 306-317.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Twelve===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Brant Castellano M. Reflections on Identity and Empowerment Recurring Themes in the Discourse on and with Aboriginal Youth. Horizons: Policy Research Initiative. 2008;10(1):7-12.&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrado R, Cohen I, Watkinson A. The Over -Representation of Aboriginal Youth in Custody Policy Challenges. Horizons: Policy Research Initiative. 2008;10(1):79-82.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dion-Stout M, Kipling G, Stout R. Aboriginal people, resilience and the residential school legacy. Ottawa: Aboriginal Healing Foundation, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson, N., Lipinski, A. The Community Youth Initiative Project. In Aboriginal Healing in Canada: Studies in Therapeutic Meaning and Practice. Aboriginal Healing Foundation. Ottawa: 2008, 9-30. &lt;br /&gt;
# Blackstock, C. &amp;amp; Trocmé, N. Community-Based Child Welfare for Aboriginal Children: Supporting Resilience Through Structural Change. (2005). In Handbook for Working with Children and Youth: Pathways to Resilience Across Cultures and Contexts. Thousand Oaks: Sage Press. Michael Ungar, Ed.; pp. 105-120. &lt;br /&gt;
# Hutchinson, P.J., Richardson, C.G., Bottorff, J.L. (2009). Emergent cigarette smoking, correlations with depression and interest in cessation among Aboriginal adolescents in British Columbia. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 99(5): 418-22. &lt;br /&gt;
# Tousignant, M., (2009). Resilience and Aboriginal Communities in Crisis: Theory and Interventions. Journal of Aboriginal Health, November, 2009; 43-61. &lt;br /&gt;
# Lavallee, B. &amp;amp; Clearsky, L. From Woundedness to Resilience: A Critical Review from an Aboriginal Perspective. Journal of Aboriginal Health 3, 4-6 (2006).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 9-11&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 10: Self-Determination and Health Care; pp. 262&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 7&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: “We Can Heal”, Aboriginal Children Today; pp. 205-236.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Thirteen===&lt;br /&gt;
Course wrap up&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267059</id>
		<title>Course:SPPH536/Readings and Resources</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267059"/>
		<updated>2013-12-15T21:38:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Week Eleven */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Readings and Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Jan 2012&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week One===&lt;br /&gt;
There are no assigned readings this week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Two===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Reclaiming Connections: Understanding Residential School Trauma Among Aboriginal People. Ottawa, Ontario: Aboriginal Healing Foundation; 2005. Sections I-III, pages 11-63.&lt;br /&gt;
# Whitbeck, L. B., Adams, G. W., Hoyt, D. R., &amp;amp; Chen, X. (2004). Conceptualizing and measuring historical Trauma among American Indian people. American Journal of Community Psychology, 33(3/4), 119–130.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Addictive Behaviours and Residential School Abuse. In Addictive Behaviours Among Aboriginal People in Canada, Aboriginal Healing Foundation in Canada, Ottawa, pp. 19-28. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mitchel, T., Maracle D. (2005). Healing the generations: Post-traumatic stress and the health status of Aboriginal populations in Canada. Journal of Aboriginal Health, 2(1), 14-24.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Evans-Campbell, T. (2008). Historical trauma in American Indian/ Native Alaskan Communities: A multilevel framework for exploring impacts on individuals, families and communities. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 23 (316-338).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course texts readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-6&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Tuition of Thomas Moore; pp. 3-9&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: The Imperial Heritage, 1830-1879; pp. 11-22&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: The Founding Vision of Residential School Education, 1879-1920; pp.23-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “A National Crime”: Building and Managing the System, 1879-1946; pp. 51-75&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “The Charge of Manslaughter”: Disease and Death, 1879-1946; pp. 77-107&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: “We Are Going to Tell You How We Are Treated”: Food and Clothing, 1879 to 1946; pp. 109-128. &lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Introduction, Chapter 1&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Introduction; pp. ix-xxiii&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Health in British Columbia: Overview; pp. 3-18&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Three===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson N. (2005). The embodiment of inequity: health disparities in Aboriginal Canada. Canadian Journal of Public Health;96(S2):s45-60. &lt;br /&gt;
# Estey, E., Kmetic, A.M., Reading, J. (2007). Innovative approaches in public health research: Applying life course epidemiology to Aboriginal health research. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 98(6): 444-446.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smylie, J., Anderson, M. (2006). Understanding the health of Indigenous peoples in Canada: key methodological and conceptual challenges. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 176(6):602-605.&lt;br /&gt;
# Assembly of First Nations. (2006). First Nations Public Health: A Framework for Improving the Health of Our People and Our Communities. Chapter 1: Introduction, pp. 3-12; Chapter 2: Health Determinants, pp.13-20; Chapter 3: Jurisdiction and Organization, pp. 21-45; Chapter 4: Surveillance, pp. 47-63; Chapter 5: Health Promotion, Protection and Disease Prevention, pp. 65-84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram et al. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-2, 4, 8&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: An Overview of the Aboriginal Peoples of Canada; pp. 3-23&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Health and Disease Prior to European Contact; pp. 24-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Aboriginal Peoples and the Health Transition; pp. 73-125&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: The organization and utilization of contemporary health services; 210-235.&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Chapters 6-8&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: Acts of Humanity: Indian Health Services; pp.100-128.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: Doctors, Hospitals, and Field Matrons: On the Ground with Indian Health Services; pp.129-152.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: Medical Pluralism in Aboriginal Communities; pp. 153-72.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Four===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Christian, W.M., Spittal, P.M., (2009). The Cedar Project: Acknowledging the Pain of our Children, The Lancet; 372(9644): 1132-1133. &lt;br /&gt;
# O’Neil, J. (1986). The politics of health in the Fourth World: a Northern Canadian example. Human Organization, 45, 119-128.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indian Act. R.S., c. I-6, s. 1. Published by the Minister of Justice. Available online:   HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca&amp;quot;  http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca.&lt;br /&gt;
# Waters, S. (no date). British Columbia’s Public Health Act from a First Nations’ Perspective: Discussion Paper, (35p).&lt;br /&gt;
# Boyer, Y. (2004). First Nations, Metis and Inuit Health Care: The Crown’s Fiduciary Obligation. National Aboriginal Health Organization Discussion Paper Series in Aboriginal Health: Legal Issues. Native Law Centre, Saskatchewan. Available online: http://www.naho.ca/english/publications/DP_crowns_obligation.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.; &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 7, 9&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: The Parenting Presumption: Neglect and Abuse; pp. 129-156&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Integration for Closure, 1946-1986; 189-209&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 10: Persistence: The Struggle for Closure; pp. 211-238&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M.; &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 4&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 4: A ‘Scandalous Procession’: Residential Schooling and the Reformation of Aboriginal bodies; pp. 57-80.&lt;br /&gt;
#Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-3&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 1: The Perpetual Stranger: Four Generations in My Sto:lo Family; pp. 19-46.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 2: “Killing the Indian in the Child”, Four Centuries of Church-Run Schools; pp.47-80.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 3: Wolves in Sheep’s Clothing: The Child Welfare System; pp. 81-114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Five===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# First Nations Centre. (2007). OCAP: Ownership, Control, Access and Possession. Sanctioned by the First Nations Information Governance Committee, Assembly of First Nations. Ottawa: National Aboriginal Health Organization. &lt;br /&gt;
# Schnarch, B. (2004). Ownership, control, access, and possession (OCAP) or self-determination applied to research: A critical analysis of contemporary First Nations research and some options for First Nations communities. Journal of Aboriginal Health, 1(1), 80-95.&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters, K.L., et al. (2009). “Indigenist” Research Efforts in Native American Communities. In The Field Research Survival Guide, Arlene Rubin Stiffman, Ed. Oxford University Press: New York, pp.146-73.&lt;br /&gt;
# Paradies, Y.C. (2006). Defining, Conceptualizing and Characterizing Racism in Health Research. Critical Public Health; June 2006; 16(2): 143-157.&lt;br /&gt;
# Brant Castellano, M. (2004). Ethics of Aboriginal Research. Journal of Aboriginal Health, January; 98-114. &lt;br /&gt;
# Armstrong, T. (2000). Celebrating Community Knowledge: Encouraging Involvement, Achieving Ownership and Building Confidence Through Comprehensive Community Consultation. Native Social Work Journal, 3, 99-106. &lt;br /&gt;
# CIHR (2010). Tri-Council Policy Statement: Ethical Conduct for Research Involving Humans; Chapter 9: Research Involving the First Nations, Inuit and Métis Peoples of Canada (  HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://www.pre.ethics.gc.ca/pdf/eng/tcps2/TCPS_2_FINAL_Web.pdf&amp;quot;  http://www.pre.ethics.gc.ca/pdf/eng/tcps2/TCPS_2_FINAL_Web.pdf )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 4&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “Infinite Comfort and Time”, Healing Survivors of Sexual Abuse; pp.115-142.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smith, L. T. (1999). Decolonizing methodologies. Research and Indigenous peoples. London: Zed Books. &#039;&#039;Chapters 2-4&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Research Through Imperial Eyes, pp. 42-57; &lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: Colonizing Knowledges, pp. 58-77.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Research Adventures on Indigenous Lands; pp. 83-94.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Six===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Spittal PM, Craib KJP, Teegee M, Baylis C, Christian WM, Moniruzzaman A, et al. The Cedar Project: Prevalence and Correlates of HIV Infection among Young Aboriginal People who use Drugs in Two Canadian Cities. International Journal of Circumpolar Health. 2007;66(3):225-40.&lt;br /&gt;
# For the Cedar Project Partnership, ME Pearce, WM Christian, K. Patterson, PM Spittal The Cedar Project: Historical trauma, Sexual abuse and HIV risk among Aboriginal young people who use injection and non injection drugs in two Canadian cities. Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine. 66 (2008), 2185-2194. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duran, B. &amp;amp; Walters, K. (2004). HIV/AIDS Prevention in Indian country: Current Practice, Indigenist Etiology Models and post-colonial approaches to change. AIDS Education and Prevention 16 (3), 187-201. &lt;br /&gt;
# Craib KJ, Spittal PM, Wood E, Laliberte N, Hogg RS, Li K, et al. (2003). Risk factors for elevated HIV incidence among Aboriginal injection drug users in Vancouver. Canadian Medical Association journal, 168(1):19-24. &lt;br /&gt;
# Barlow K. Examining HIV/AIDS among the Aboriginal population in Canada in the post-residential school era. Aboriginal Healing Foundation, Ottawa; 2003. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mill, J.E. (2000). Describing an Explanatory Model of HIV Illness among Aboriginal Women. Holistic Nursing Practice, 42-56.&lt;br /&gt;
# Orchard, T.R., Druyts, E., McInnes, C.W. et al. (2010). Factors behind HIV testing practices among Canadian Aboriginal peoples living off-reserve. AIDS Care, 22(3); 324-331. Available at: http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/section?content=a920386834&amp;amp;fulltext=713240928&lt;br /&gt;
# Craib, KJP, Spittal, PM, Patel, SH, Christian, WM, Moniruzzaman, A, Pearce, M, Demarais, L &amp;amp; Schechter MT. The Cedar Project: Prevalence of Hepatitis C virus infection and related vulnerabilities among young Aboriginal people who use drugs in tow Canadian cities. Open Medicine, 3(4): 220-227&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “I am Responsible, I am Accountable”, Healing Aboriginal Sex Offenders; pp.143-172.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Seven===&lt;br /&gt;
Reading Week&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eight===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J.A., Vermeulen, S.U., Toth, M.L. et al. (2009). Increasing Incidence and Prevalence of Diabetes among the Status Aboriginal Population in Urban and Rural Alberta, 1995-2006. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 100(3): 231-236.&lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N.D. (2005). Determinants of Healthy Eating in Aboriginal Peoples in Canada. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 96 Suppl 3:S32-6, S36-41.&lt;br /&gt;
# Martens, P.J. et al. (2007). Diabetes and Adverse Outcomes in a First Nations Population: Associations with Healthcare Access, and Socioeconomic and Geographic Factors. Canadian Journal of Diabetes, 31(3); 223-232. &lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N. (2005). Overweight in First Nations Children: Prevalence, Implications, and Solutions. Journal of Aboriginal Health, March, 2005: 76-86. &lt;br /&gt;
# Downs, S.M., et al. (2009). Associations among the food environment, diet quality and weight status in Cree children in Quebec. Public Health Nutrition, 12(9): 1504-1511.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spurr, S. (2007). The Politics of Policy Development to End Obesity for Aboriginal Youth in the Educational Environment, First Peoples Child &amp;amp; Family Review, 3(3); 72-83. Available at:   HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://www.fncfcs.com/pubs/vol3num3/Spurr_72.pdf&amp;quot;  http://www.fncfcs.com/pubs/vol3num3/Spurr_72.pdf &lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J., Vermeulen, S. et al. (2009). Increasing incidence and prevalence of diabetes among the Status Aboriginal population in urban and rural Alberta, 1995-2006. Canadian Public Health Association Journal, 100(3); 231-36.&lt;br /&gt;
# Egeland, G., Pacey, A., Cao, Z., &amp;amp; Sobel, I. (2010). Food insecurity among Inuit preschoolers: Nunavut Inuit Child Health Survey, 2007–2008. CMAJ, 182(3): 243-248.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chan H., Fediuk K., Hamilton S., Rostas L., Caughey A., Kuhnlein H., Egeland G, &amp;amp; Loring E. (2006). Food security in Nunavut, Canada: Barriers and recommendations. International Journal of Circumpolar Health, 65(5): 417-431. &lt;br /&gt;
# Samson, C., &amp;amp; Pretty, J. (2006). Environmental and health benefits of hunting lifestvles and diets for the Innu of Labrador. Food Policy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: ‘My People Are Sick. My Young Men Are Angry’: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Diet and Nutrition; pp. 19-37.&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 12&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 12: The Failure of Guardianship: Neglect &amp;amp; Abuse, 1946-1986; pp. 259-93.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Nine===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poster Presentations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Ten===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Furgal, C. &amp;amp; Seguin, J. (2006). Climate Change, Health, and Vulnerability in Canadian Northern Aboriginal Communities. Environmental Health Perspectives, 114(12): 1964-1970. &lt;br /&gt;
# Hill, D.M. (2003). Traditional Medicine in Contemporary Contexts: Protecting and Respecting Indigenous Knowledge and Medicine. National Aboriginal Health Organization. &lt;br /&gt;
# National Aboriginal Health Organization. (2008). An Overview Of Traditional Knowledge And Medicine And Public Health In Canada. Ottawa: Author.&lt;br /&gt;
# Richmond, C.A.M. &amp;amp; Ross, N.A. (2008). The Determinants of First Nation and Inuit Health: A Critical Population Health Approach. Health &amp;amp; Place, 15: 403-411. &lt;br /&gt;
# Turner, N.J., Turner, K.L. (2008). “Where Our Women Used to Get the Food”: Cumulative Effects and Loss of Ethnobotanical Knowledge and Practice; Case Study from Coastal British Columbia. Botany, 86: 103-115. &lt;br /&gt;
# Smye, V., Browne, A.J. (2002). &#039;Cultural safety&#039; and the analysis of health policy affecting aboriginal people. Nursing Research, 9(3): 42-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 3, 5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: ‘Running Out of Spaces’: Sanitation and Environment in Aboriginal Habitations; pp. 38-56.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: Aboriginal Conceptions of the Body, Disease, and Medicine; pp. 83-99.&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 5, 9&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 5: Medical Traditions in Aboriginal Cultures; pp. 126-152.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 9: Aboriginal Healing in the Contemporary Context; pp. 236-261.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eleven===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters KL, Simoni JM. Reconceptualizing native women&#039;s health: an &amp;quot;indigenist&amp;quot; stress-coping model. American Journal of Public Health. 2002 Apr;92(4):520-4.&lt;br /&gt;
# Simoni JM, Sehgal S, Walters KL. Triangle of risk: urban American Indian women&#039;s sexual trauma, injection drug use, and HIV sexual risk behaviors. AIDS and behavior. 2004 Mar;8(1):33-45.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browne, A.J. &amp;amp; Fiske, J. (2001). First Nation’s Women’s Encounters with Mainstream Health Care Services. Western Journal of Nursing Research, 23(2), 126-147. &lt;br /&gt;
# Jacobs, B., Williams, A. (2008). Legacy of residential schools: Missing and murdered Aboriginal women. From truth to reconciliation: Transforming the legacy of residential schools, Eds. Castellano, M.B., Archibald, L., DeGagné, M. Aboriginal Healing Foundation. Ottawa: 2008. &lt;br /&gt;
# Evans-Campbell, T., Lindhorst, T., Huang, B., Walters, K.L. (2006). Interpersonal violence in the lives of urban American Indian and Alaska Native women: implications for health, mental health, and help-seeking. American Journal of Public Health, 9(8); 1416-22. &lt;br /&gt;
# Browne, A., Varcoe, C., Smye, V. et al. (2009). Cultural Safety and the Challenge of Translating Critically Oriented Knowledge in Practice. Nursing Philosophy, 10(3); 167-79. &lt;br /&gt;
# Browne, A. J. &amp;amp; Smye, V. A post-colonial analysis of healthcare discourses addressing aboriginal women. Nurse.Res. 9, 28-41 (2002).&lt;br /&gt;
# Van Wagner V, Osepchook,C., Harney, E., Crosbie, C., Tulugak,M. (2012). Remote midwifery in nunavik, Québec, Canada: outcomes of perinatal care for the inuulitsivik health centre, 2000-2007. Birth, 39(3):230-7.&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters, K., Beltran, R., Evans-Campbell, T., Simoni, J. (2011). Keeping Our Hearts from Touching the Ground: HIV/AIDS in American Indian and Alaska Native Women. Women’s Health Issues, 21(6): S261-S265.&lt;br /&gt;
# Proudrier, J., Thomas Mac-Lean, R. (2009). ‘We&#039;ve fallen into the cracks’: Aboriginal women&#039;s experiences with breast cancer through photovoice. Nursing Inquiry, 16(4): 306-317.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Twelve===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Brant Castellano M. Reflections on Identity and Empowerment. Recurring Themes in the Discourse on and with Aboriginal Youth. &#039;&#039;Horizons: Policy Research Initiative&#039;&#039;. 2008;10(1):7-12.&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrado R, Cohen I, Watkinson A. The Over -Representation of Aboriginal Youth in Custody Policy Challenges. &#039;&#039;Horizons: Policy Research Initiative&#039;&#039;. 2008;10(1):79-82.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dion-Stout M, Kipling G, Stout R. Aboriginal people, resilience and the residential school legacy. Ottawa: &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson, N., Lipinski, A. The Community Youth Initiative Project.  In Aboriginal Healing in Canada: Studies in Therapeutic Meaning and Practice. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008, 9-30. &lt;br /&gt;
# Blackstock, C. &amp;amp; Trocmé, N. Community-Based Child Welfare for Aboriginal Children: Supporting Resilience Through Structural Change. (2005). In &#039;&#039;Handbook for Working with Children and Youth: Pathways to Resilience Across Cultures and Contexts&#039;&#039;. Thousand Oaks: Sage Press. Michael Ungar, Ed.; pp. 105-120. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Aboriginal Healing in the Contemporary Context; pp. 236-261.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 10: Self-Determination and Health Care; pp. 262&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 11: Conclusion; pp. 289-98&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: “We Can Heal”, Aboriginal Children Today; pp. 205-236.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Thirteen===&lt;br /&gt;
Course wrap up&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267039</id>
		<title>Course:SPPH536/Readings and Resources</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267039"/>
		<updated>2013-12-15T20:53:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Week Eleven */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Readings and Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Jan 2012&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week One===&lt;br /&gt;
There are no assigned readings this week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Two===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Reclaiming Connections: Understanding Residential School Trauma Among Aboriginal People. Ottawa, Ontario: Aboriginal Healing Foundation; 2005. Sections I-III, pages 11-63.&lt;br /&gt;
# Whitbeck, L. B., Adams, G. W., Hoyt, D. R., &amp;amp; Chen, X. (2004). Conceptualizing and measuring historical Trauma among American Indian people. American Journal of Community Psychology, 33(3/4), 119–130.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Addictive Behaviours and Residential School Abuse. In Addictive Behaviours Among Aboriginal People in Canada, Aboriginal Healing Foundation in Canada, Ottawa, pp. 19-28. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mitchel, T., Maracle D. (2005). Healing the generations: Post-traumatic stress and the health status of Aboriginal populations in Canada. Journal of Aboriginal Health, 2(1), 14-24.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Evans-Campbell, T. (2008). Historical trauma in American Indian/ Native Alaskan Communities: A multilevel framework for exploring impacts on individuals, families and communities. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 23 (316-338).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course texts readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-6&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Tuition of Thomas Moore; pp. 3-9&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: The Imperial Heritage, 1830-1879; pp. 11-22&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: The Founding Vision of Residential School Education, 1879-1920; pp.23-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “A National Crime”: Building and Managing the System, 1879-1946; pp. 51-75&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “The Charge of Manslaughter”: Disease and Death, 1879-1946; pp. 77-107&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: “We Are Going to Tell You How We Are Treated”: Food and Clothing, 1879 to 1946; pp. 109-128. &lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Introduction, Chapter 1&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Introduction; pp. ix-xxiii&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Health in British Columbia: Overview; pp. 3-18&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Three===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson N. (2005). The embodiment of inequity: health disparities in Aboriginal Canada. Canadian Journal of Public Health;96(S2):s45-60. &lt;br /&gt;
# Estey, E., Kmetic, A.M., Reading, J. (2007). Innovative approaches in public health research: Applying life course epidemiology to Aboriginal health research. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 98(6): 444-446.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smylie, J., Anderson, M. (2006). Understanding the health of Indigenous peoples in Canada: key methodological and conceptual challenges. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 176(6):602-605.&lt;br /&gt;
# Assembly of First Nations. (2006). First Nations Public Health: A Framework for Improving the Health of Our People and Our Communities. Chapter 1: Introduction, pp. 3-12; Chapter 2: Health Determinants, pp.13-20; Chapter 3: Jurisdiction and Organization, pp. 21-45; Chapter 4: Surveillance, pp. 47-63; Chapter 5: Health Promotion, Protection and Disease Prevention, pp. 65-84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram et al. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-2, 4, 8&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: An Overview of the Aboriginal Peoples of Canada; pp. 3-23&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Health and Disease Prior to European Contact; pp. 24-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Aboriginal Peoples and the Health Transition; pp. 73-125&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: The organization and utilization of contemporary health services; 210-235.&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Chapters 6-8&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: Acts of Humanity: Indian Health Services; pp.100-128.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: Doctors, Hospitals, and Field Matrons: On the Ground with Indian Health Services; pp.129-152.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: Medical Pluralism in Aboriginal Communities; pp. 153-72.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Four===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Christian, W.M., Spittal, P.M., (2009). The Cedar Project: Acknowledging the Pain of our Children, The Lancet; 372(9644): 1132-1133. &lt;br /&gt;
# O’Neil, J. (1986). The politics of health in the Fourth World: a Northern Canadian example. Human Organization, 45, 119-128.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indian Act. R.S., c. I-6, s. 1. Published by the Minister of Justice. Available online:   HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca&amp;quot;  http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca.&lt;br /&gt;
# Waters, S. (no date). British Columbia’s Public Health Act from a First Nations’ Perspective: Discussion Paper, (35p).&lt;br /&gt;
# Boyer, Y. (2004). First Nations, Metis and Inuit Health Care: The Crown’s Fiduciary Obligation. National Aboriginal Health Organization Discussion Paper Series in Aboriginal Health: Legal Issues. Native Law Centre, Saskatchewan. Available online: http://www.naho.ca/english/publications/DP_crowns_obligation.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.; &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 7, 9&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: The Parenting Presumption: Neglect and Abuse; pp. 129-156&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Integration for Closure, 1946-1986; 189-209&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 10: Persistence: The Struggle for Closure; pp. 211-238&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M.; &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 4&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 4: A ‘Scandalous Procession’: Residential Schooling and the Reformation of Aboriginal bodies; pp. 57-80.&lt;br /&gt;
#Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-3&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 1: The Perpetual Stranger: Four Generations in My Sto:lo Family; pp. 19-46.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 2: “Killing the Indian in the Child”, Four Centuries of Church-Run Schools; pp.47-80.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 3: Wolves in Sheep’s Clothing: The Child Welfare System; pp. 81-114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Five===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# First Nations Centre. (2007). OCAP: Ownership, Control, Access and Possession. Sanctioned by the First Nations Information Governance Committee, Assembly of First Nations. Ottawa: National Aboriginal Health Organization. &lt;br /&gt;
# Schnarch, B. (2004). Ownership, control, access, and possession (OCAP) or self-determination applied to research: A critical analysis of contemporary First Nations research and some options for First Nations communities. Journal of Aboriginal Health, 1(1), 80-95.&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters, K.L., et al. (2009). “Indigenist” Research Efforts in Native American Communities. In The Field Research Survival Guide, Arlene Rubin Stiffman, Ed. Oxford University Press: New York, pp.146-73.&lt;br /&gt;
# Paradies, Y.C. (2006). Defining, Conceptualizing and Characterizing Racism in Health Research. Critical Public Health; June 2006; 16(2): 143-157.&lt;br /&gt;
# Brant Castellano, M. (2004). Ethics of Aboriginal Research. Journal of Aboriginal Health, January; 98-114. &lt;br /&gt;
# Armstrong, T. (2000). Celebrating Community Knowledge: Encouraging Involvement, Achieving Ownership and Building Confidence Through Comprehensive Community Consultation. Native Social Work Journal, 3, 99-106. &lt;br /&gt;
# CIHR (2010). Tri-Council Policy Statement: Ethical Conduct for Research Involving Humans; Chapter 9: Research Involving the First Nations, Inuit and Métis Peoples of Canada (  HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://www.pre.ethics.gc.ca/pdf/eng/tcps2/TCPS_2_FINAL_Web.pdf&amp;quot;  http://www.pre.ethics.gc.ca/pdf/eng/tcps2/TCPS_2_FINAL_Web.pdf )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 4&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “Infinite Comfort and Time”, Healing Survivors of Sexual Abuse; pp.115-142.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smith, L. T. (1999). Decolonizing methodologies. Research and Indigenous peoples. London: Zed Books. &#039;&#039;Chapters 2-4&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Research Through Imperial Eyes, pp. 42-57; &lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: Colonizing Knowledges, pp. 58-77.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Research Adventures on Indigenous Lands; pp. 83-94.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Six===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Spittal PM, Craib KJP, Teegee M, Baylis C, Christian WM, Moniruzzaman A, et al. The Cedar Project: Prevalence and Correlates of HIV Infection among Young Aboriginal People who use Drugs in Two Canadian Cities. International Journal of Circumpolar Health. 2007;66(3):225-40.&lt;br /&gt;
# For the Cedar Project Partnership, ME Pearce, WM Christian, K. Patterson, PM Spittal The Cedar Project: Historical trauma, Sexual abuse and HIV risk among Aboriginal young people who use injection and non injection drugs in two Canadian cities. Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine. 66 (2008), 2185-2194. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duran, B. &amp;amp; Walters, K. (2004). HIV/AIDS Prevention in Indian country: Current Practice, Indigenist Etiology Models and post-colonial approaches to change. AIDS Education and Prevention 16 (3), 187-201. &lt;br /&gt;
# Craib KJ, Spittal PM, Wood E, Laliberte N, Hogg RS, Li K, et al. (2003). Risk factors for elevated HIV incidence among Aboriginal injection drug users in Vancouver. Canadian Medical Association journal, 168(1):19-24. &lt;br /&gt;
# Barlow K. Examining HIV/AIDS among the Aboriginal population in Canada in the post-residential school era. Aboriginal Healing Foundation, Ottawa; 2003. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mill, J.E. (2000). Describing an Explanatory Model of HIV Illness among Aboriginal Women. Holistic Nursing Practice, 42-56.&lt;br /&gt;
# Orchard, T.R., Druyts, E., McInnes, C.W. et al. (2010). Factors behind HIV testing practices among Canadian Aboriginal peoples living off-reserve. AIDS Care, 22(3); 324-331. Available at: http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/section?content=a920386834&amp;amp;fulltext=713240928&lt;br /&gt;
# Craib, KJP, Spittal, PM, Patel, SH, Christian, WM, Moniruzzaman, A, Pearce, M, Demarais, L &amp;amp; Schechter MT. The Cedar Project: Prevalence of Hepatitis C virus infection and related vulnerabilities among young Aboriginal people who use drugs in tow Canadian cities. Open Medicine, 3(4): 220-227&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “I am Responsible, I am Accountable”, Healing Aboriginal Sex Offenders; pp.143-172.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Seven===&lt;br /&gt;
Reading Week&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eight===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J.A., Vermeulen, S.U., Toth, M.L. et al. (2009). Increasing Incidence and Prevalence of Diabetes among the Status Aboriginal Population in Urban and Rural Alberta, 1995-2006. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 100(3): 231-236.&lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N.D. (2005). Determinants of Healthy Eating in Aboriginal Peoples in Canada. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 96 Suppl 3:S32-6, S36-41.&lt;br /&gt;
# Martens, P.J. et al. (2007). Diabetes and Adverse Outcomes in a First Nations Population: Associations with Healthcare Access, and Socioeconomic and Geographic Factors. Canadian Journal of Diabetes, 31(3); 223-232. &lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N. (2005). Overweight in First Nations Children: Prevalence, Implications, and Solutions. Journal of Aboriginal Health, March, 2005: 76-86. &lt;br /&gt;
# Downs, S.M., et al. (2009). Associations among the food environment, diet quality and weight status in Cree children in Quebec. Public Health Nutrition, 12(9): 1504-1511.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spurr, S. (2007). The Politics of Policy Development to End Obesity for Aboriginal Youth in the Educational Environment, First Peoples Child &amp;amp; Family Review, 3(3); 72-83. Available at:   HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://www.fncfcs.com/pubs/vol3num3/Spurr_72.pdf&amp;quot;  http://www.fncfcs.com/pubs/vol3num3/Spurr_72.pdf &lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J., Vermeulen, S. et al. (2009). Increasing incidence and prevalence of diabetes among the Status Aboriginal population in urban and rural Alberta, 1995-2006. Canadian Public Health Association Journal, 100(3); 231-36.&lt;br /&gt;
# Egeland, G., Pacey, A., Cao, Z., &amp;amp; Sobel, I. (2010). Food insecurity among Inuit preschoolers: Nunavut Inuit Child Health Survey, 2007–2008. CMAJ, 182(3): 243-248.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chan H., Fediuk K., Hamilton S., Rostas L., Caughey A., Kuhnlein H., Egeland G, &amp;amp; Loring E. (2006). Food security in Nunavut, Canada: Barriers and recommendations. International Journal of Circumpolar Health, 65(5): 417-431. &lt;br /&gt;
# Samson, C., &amp;amp; Pretty, J. (2006). Environmental and health benefits of hunting lifestvles and diets for the Innu of Labrador. Food Policy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: ‘My People Are Sick. My Young Men Are Angry’: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Diet and Nutrition; pp. 19-37.&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 12&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 12: The Failure of Guardianship: Neglect &amp;amp; Abuse, 1946-1986; pp. 259-93.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Nine===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poster Presentations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Ten===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Furgal, C. &amp;amp; Seguin, J. (2006). Climate Change, Health, and Vulnerability in Canadian Northern Aboriginal Communities. Environmental Health Perspectives, 114(12): 1964-1970. &lt;br /&gt;
# Hill, D.M. (2003). Traditional Medicine in Contemporary Contexts: Protecting and Respecting Indigenous Knowledge and Medicine. National Aboriginal Health Organization. &lt;br /&gt;
# National Aboriginal Health Organization. (2008). An Overview Of Traditional Knowledge And Medicine And Public Health In Canada. Ottawa: Author.&lt;br /&gt;
# Richmond, C.A.M. &amp;amp; Ross, N.A. (2008). The Determinants of First Nation and Inuit Health: A Critical Population Health Approach. Health &amp;amp; Place, 15: 403-411. &lt;br /&gt;
# Turner, N.J., Turner, K.L. (2008). “Where Our Women Used to Get the Food”: Cumulative Effects and Loss of Ethnobotanical Knowledge and Practice; Case Study from Coastal British Columbia. Botany, 86: 103-115. &lt;br /&gt;
# Smye, V., Browne, A.J. (2002). &#039;Cultural safety&#039; and the analysis of health policy affecting aboriginal people. Nursing Research, 9(3): 42-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 3, 5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: ‘Running Out of Spaces’: Sanitation and Environment in Aboriginal Habitations; pp. 38-56.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: Aboriginal Conceptions of the Body, Disease, and Medicine; pp. 83-99.&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 5, 9&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 5: Medical Traditions in Aboriginal Cultures; pp. 126-152.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 9: Aboriginal Healing in the Contemporary Context; pp. 236-261.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eleven===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters KL, Simoni JM. Reconceptualizing native women&#039;s health: an &amp;quot;indigenist&amp;quot; stress-coping model. &#039;&#039;American Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;. 2002 Apr;92(4):520-4.&lt;br /&gt;
# Simoni JM, Sehgal S, Walters KL. Triangle of risk: urban American Indian women&#039;s sexual trauma, injection drug use, and HIV sexual risk behaviors. &#039;&#039;AIDS and Behavior&#039;&#039;. 2004 Mar;8(1):33-45.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browne, A.J. &amp;amp; Fiske, J. (2001). First Nation’s Women’s Encounters with Mainstream Health Care Services. &#039;&#039;Western Journal of Nursing Research&#039;&#039;, 23(2), 126-147.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Jacobs, B., Williams, A. (2008). Legacy of residential schools: Missing and murdered Aboriginal women. From truth to reconciliation: Transforming the legacy of residential schools, Eds. Castellano, M.B., Archibald, L., DeGagné, M. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008. &lt;br /&gt;
# Benoit, C., Carroll, D., Chaudhry, M. (2003). In search of a Healing Place: Aboriginal women in Vancouver’s Downtown Eastside. &#039;&#039;Social Science and Medicine&#039;&#039;, 56; 821-833.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Twelve===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Brant Castellano M. Reflections on Identity and Empowerment. Recurring Themes in the Discourse on and with Aboriginal Youth. &#039;&#039;Horizons: Policy Research Initiative&#039;&#039;. 2008;10(1):7-12.&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrado R, Cohen I, Watkinson A. The Over -Representation of Aboriginal Youth in Custody Policy Challenges. &#039;&#039;Horizons: Policy Research Initiative&#039;&#039;. 2008;10(1):79-82.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dion-Stout M, Kipling G, Stout R. Aboriginal people, resilience and the residential school legacy. Ottawa: &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson, N., Lipinski, A. The Community Youth Initiative Project.  In Aboriginal Healing in Canada: Studies in Therapeutic Meaning and Practice. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008, 9-30. &lt;br /&gt;
# Blackstock, C. &amp;amp; Trocmé, N. Community-Based Child Welfare for Aboriginal Children: Supporting Resilience Through Structural Change. (2005). In &#039;&#039;Handbook for Working with Children and Youth: Pathways to Resilience Across Cultures and Contexts&#039;&#039;. Thousand Oaks: Sage Press. Michael Ungar, Ed.; pp. 105-120. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Aboriginal Healing in the Contemporary Context; pp. 236-261.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 10: Self-Determination and Health Care; pp. 262&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 11: Conclusion; pp. 289-98&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: “We Can Heal”, Aboriginal Children Today; pp. 205-236.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Thirteen===&lt;br /&gt;
Course wrap up&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267038</id>
		<title>Course:SPPH536/Readings and Resources</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267038"/>
		<updated>2013-12-15T20:51:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Week Ten */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Readings and Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Jan 2012&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week One===&lt;br /&gt;
There are no assigned readings this week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Two===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Reclaiming Connections: Understanding Residential School Trauma Among Aboriginal People. Ottawa, Ontario: Aboriginal Healing Foundation; 2005. Sections I-III, pages 11-63.&lt;br /&gt;
# Whitbeck, L. B., Adams, G. W., Hoyt, D. R., &amp;amp; Chen, X. (2004). Conceptualizing and measuring historical Trauma among American Indian people. American Journal of Community Psychology, 33(3/4), 119–130.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Addictive Behaviours and Residential School Abuse. In Addictive Behaviours Among Aboriginal People in Canada, Aboriginal Healing Foundation in Canada, Ottawa, pp. 19-28. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mitchel, T., Maracle D. (2005). Healing the generations: Post-traumatic stress and the health status of Aboriginal populations in Canada. Journal of Aboriginal Health, 2(1), 14-24.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Evans-Campbell, T. (2008). Historical trauma in American Indian/ Native Alaskan Communities: A multilevel framework for exploring impacts on individuals, families and communities. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 23 (316-338).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course texts readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-6&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Tuition of Thomas Moore; pp. 3-9&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: The Imperial Heritage, 1830-1879; pp. 11-22&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: The Founding Vision of Residential School Education, 1879-1920; pp.23-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “A National Crime”: Building and Managing the System, 1879-1946; pp. 51-75&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “The Charge of Manslaughter”: Disease and Death, 1879-1946; pp. 77-107&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: “We Are Going to Tell You How We Are Treated”: Food and Clothing, 1879 to 1946; pp. 109-128. &lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Introduction, Chapter 1&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Introduction; pp. ix-xxiii&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Health in British Columbia: Overview; pp. 3-18&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Three===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson N. (2005). The embodiment of inequity: health disparities in Aboriginal Canada. Canadian Journal of Public Health;96(S2):s45-60. &lt;br /&gt;
# Estey, E., Kmetic, A.M., Reading, J. (2007). Innovative approaches in public health research: Applying life course epidemiology to Aboriginal health research. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 98(6): 444-446.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smylie, J., Anderson, M. (2006). Understanding the health of Indigenous peoples in Canada: key methodological and conceptual challenges. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 176(6):602-605.&lt;br /&gt;
# Assembly of First Nations. (2006). First Nations Public Health: A Framework for Improving the Health of Our People and Our Communities. Chapter 1: Introduction, pp. 3-12; Chapter 2: Health Determinants, pp.13-20; Chapter 3: Jurisdiction and Organization, pp. 21-45; Chapter 4: Surveillance, pp. 47-63; Chapter 5: Health Promotion, Protection and Disease Prevention, pp. 65-84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram et al. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-2, 4, 8&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: An Overview of the Aboriginal Peoples of Canada; pp. 3-23&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Health and Disease Prior to European Contact; pp. 24-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Aboriginal Peoples and the Health Transition; pp. 73-125&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: The organization and utilization of contemporary health services; 210-235.&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Chapters 6-8&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: Acts of Humanity: Indian Health Services; pp.100-128.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: Doctors, Hospitals, and Field Matrons: On the Ground with Indian Health Services; pp.129-152.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: Medical Pluralism in Aboriginal Communities; pp. 153-72.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Four===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Christian, W.M., Spittal, P.M., (2009). The Cedar Project: Acknowledging the Pain of our Children, The Lancet; 372(9644): 1132-1133. &lt;br /&gt;
# O’Neil, J. (1986). The politics of health in the Fourth World: a Northern Canadian example. Human Organization, 45, 119-128.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indian Act. R.S., c. I-6, s. 1. Published by the Minister of Justice. Available online:   HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca&amp;quot;  http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca.&lt;br /&gt;
# Waters, S. (no date). British Columbia’s Public Health Act from a First Nations’ Perspective: Discussion Paper, (35p).&lt;br /&gt;
# Boyer, Y. (2004). First Nations, Metis and Inuit Health Care: The Crown’s Fiduciary Obligation. National Aboriginal Health Organization Discussion Paper Series in Aboriginal Health: Legal Issues. Native Law Centre, Saskatchewan. Available online: http://www.naho.ca/english/publications/DP_crowns_obligation.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.; &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 7, 9&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: The Parenting Presumption: Neglect and Abuse; pp. 129-156&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Integration for Closure, 1946-1986; 189-209&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 10: Persistence: The Struggle for Closure; pp. 211-238&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M.; &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 4&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 4: A ‘Scandalous Procession’: Residential Schooling and the Reformation of Aboriginal bodies; pp. 57-80.&lt;br /&gt;
#Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-3&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 1: The Perpetual Stranger: Four Generations in My Sto:lo Family; pp. 19-46.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 2: “Killing the Indian in the Child”, Four Centuries of Church-Run Schools; pp.47-80.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 3: Wolves in Sheep’s Clothing: The Child Welfare System; pp. 81-114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Five===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# First Nations Centre. (2007). OCAP: Ownership, Control, Access and Possession. Sanctioned by the First Nations Information Governance Committee, Assembly of First Nations. Ottawa: National Aboriginal Health Organization. &lt;br /&gt;
# Schnarch, B. (2004). Ownership, control, access, and possession (OCAP) or self-determination applied to research: A critical analysis of contemporary First Nations research and some options for First Nations communities. Journal of Aboriginal Health, 1(1), 80-95.&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters, K.L., et al. (2009). “Indigenist” Research Efforts in Native American Communities. In The Field Research Survival Guide, Arlene Rubin Stiffman, Ed. Oxford University Press: New York, pp.146-73.&lt;br /&gt;
# Paradies, Y.C. (2006). Defining, Conceptualizing and Characterizing Racism in Health Research. Critical Public Health; June 2006; 16(2): 143-157.&lt;br /&gt;
# Brant Castellano, M. (2004). Ethics of Aboriginal Research. Journal of Aboriginal Health, January; 98-114. &lt;br /&gt;
# Armstrong, T. (2000). Celebrating Community Knowledge: Encouraging Involvement, Achieving Ownership and Building Confidence Through Comprehensive Community Consultation. Native Social Work Journal, 3, 99-106. &lt;br /&gt;
# CIHR (2010). Tri-Council Policy Statement: Ethical Conduct for Research Involving Humans; Chapter 9: Research Involving the First Nations, Inuit and Métis Peoples of Canada (  HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://www.pre.ethics.gc.ca/pdf/eng/tcps2/TCPS_2_FINAL_Web.pdf&amp;quot;  http://www.pre.ethics.gc.ca/pdf/eng/tcps2/TCPS_2_FINAL_Web.pdf )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 4&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “Infinite Comfort and Time”, Healing Survivors of Sexual Abuse; pp.115-142.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smith, L. T. (1999). Decolonizing methodologies. Research and Indigenous peoples. London: Zed Books. &#039;&#039;Chapters 2-4&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Research Through Imperial Eyes, pp. 42-57; &lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: Colonizing Knowledges, pp. 58-77.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Research Adventures on Indigenous Lands; pp. 83-94.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Six===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Spittal PM, Craib KJP, Teegee M, Baylis C, Christian WM, Moniruzzaman A, et al. The Cedar Project: Prevalence and Correlates of HIV Infection among Young Aboriginal People who use Drugs in Two Canadian Cities. International Journal of Circumpolar Health. 2007;66(3):225-40.&lt;br /&gt;
# For the Cedar Project Partnership, ME Pearce, WM Christian, K. Patterson, PM Spittal The Cedar Project: Historical trauma, Sexual abuse and HIV risk among Aboriginal young people who use injection and non injection drugs in two Canadian cities. Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine. 66 (2008), 2185-2194. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duran, B. &amp;amp; Walters, K. (2004). HIV/AIDS Prevention in Indian country: Current Practice, Indigenist Etiology Models and post-colonial approaches to change. AIDS Education and Prevention 16 (3), 187-201. &lt;br /&gt;
# Craib KJ, Spittal PM, Wood E, Laliberte N, Hogg RS, Li K, et al. (2003). Risk factors for elevated HIV incidence among Aboriginal injection drug users in Vancouver. Canadian Medical Association journal, 168(1):19-24. &lt;br /&gt;
# Barlow K. Examining HIV/AIDS among the Aboriginal population in Canada in the post-residential school era. Aboriginal Healing Foundation, Ottawa; 2003. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mill, J.E. (2000). Describing an Explanatory Model of HIV Illness among Aboriginal Women. Holistic Nursing Practice, 42-56.&lt;br /&gt;
# Orchard, T.R., Druyts, E., McInnes, C.W. et al. (2010). Factors behind HIV testing practices among Canadian Aboriginal peoples living off-reserve. AIDS Care, 22(3); 324-331. Available at: http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/section?content=a920386834&amp;amp;fulltext=713240928&lt;br /&gt;
# Craib, KJP, Spittal, PM, Patel, SH, Christian, WM, Moniruzzaman, A, Pearce, M, Demarais, L &amp;amp; Schechter MT. The Cedar Project: Prevalence of Hepatitis C virus infection and related vulnerabilities among young Aboriginal people who use drugs in tow Canadian cities. Open Medicine, 3(4): 220-227&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “I am Responsible, I am Accountable”, Healing Aboriginal Sex Offenders; pp.143-172.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Seven===&lt;br /&gt;
Reading Week&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eight===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J.A., Vermeulen, S.U., Toth, M.L. et al. (2009). Increasing Incidence and Prevalence of Diabetes among the Status Aboriginal Population in Urban and Rural Alberta, 1995-2006. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 100(3): 231-236.&lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N.D. (2005). Determinants of Healthy Eating in Aboriginal Peoples in Canada. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 96 Suppl 3:S32-6, S36-41.&lt;br /&gt;
# Martens, P.J. et al. (2007). Diabetes and Adverse Outcomes in a First Nations Population: Associations with Healthcare Access, and Socioeconomic and Geographic Factors. Canadian Journal of Diabetes, 31(3); 223-232. &lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N. (2005). Overweight in First Nations Children: Prevalence, Implications, and Solutions. Journal of Aboriginal Health, March, 2005: 76-86. &lt;br /&gt;
# Downs, S.M., et al. (2009). Associations among the food environment, diet quality and weight status in Cree children in Quebec. Public Health Nutrition, 12(9): 1504-1511.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spurr, S. (2007). The Politics of Policy Development to End Obesity for Aboriginal Youth in the Educational Environment, First Peoples Child &amp;amp; Family Review, 3(3); 72-83. Available at:   HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://www.fncfcs.com/pubs/vol3num3/Spurr_72.pdf&amp;quot;  http://www.fncfcs.com/pubs/vol3num3/Spurr_72.pdf &lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J., Vermeulen, S. et al. (2009). Increasing incidence and prevalence of diabetes among the Status Aboriginal population in urban and rural Alberta, 1995-2006. Canadian Public Health Association Journal, 100(3); 231-36.&lt;br /&gt;
# Egeland, G., Pacey, A., Cao, Z., &amp;amp; Sobel, I. (2010). Food insecurity among Inuit preschoolers: Nunavut Inuit Child Health Survey, 2007–2008. CMAJ, 182(3): 243-248.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chan H., Fediuk K., Hamilton S., Rostas L., Caughey A., Kuhnlein H., Egeland G, &amp;amp; Loring E. (2006). Food security in Nunavut, Canada: Barriers and recommendations. International Journal of Circumpolar Health, 65(5): 417-431. &lt;br /&gt;
# Samson, C., &amp;amp; Pretty, J. (2006). Environmental and health benefits of hunting lifestvles and diets for the Innu of Labrador. Food Policy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: ‘My People Are Sick. My Young Men Are Angry’: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Diet and Nutrition; pp. 19-37.&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 12&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 12: The Failure of Guardianship: Neglect &amp;amp; Abuse, 1946-1986; pp. 259-93.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Nine===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poster Presentations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Ten===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Furgal, C. &amp;amp; Seguin, J. (2006). Climate Change, Health, and Vulnerability in Canadian Northern Aboriginal Communities. Environmental Health Perspectives, 114(12): 1964-1970. &lt;br /&gt;
# Hill, D.M. (2003). Traditional Medicine in Contemporary Contexts: Protecting and Respecting Indigenous Knowledge and Medicine. National Aboriginal Health Organization. &lt;br /&gt;
# National Aboriginal Health Organization. (2008). An Overview Of Traditional Knowledge And Medicine And Public Health In Canada. Ottawa: Author.&lt;br /&gt;
# Richmond, C.A.M. &amp;amp; Ross, N.A. (2008). The Determinants of First Nation and Inuit Health: A Critical Population Health Approach. Health &amp;amp; Place, 15: 403-411. &lt;br /&gt;
# Turner, N.J., Turner, K.L. (2008). “Where Our Women Used to Get the Food”: Cumulative Effects and Loss of Ethnobotanical Knowledge and Practice; Case Study from Coastal British Columbia. Botany, 86: 103-115. &lt;br /&gt;
# Smye, V., Browne, A.J. (2002). &#039;Cultural safety&#039; and the analysis of health policy affecting aboriginal people. Nursing Research, 9(3): 42-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 3, 5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: ‘Running Out of Spaces’: Sanitation and Environment in Aboriginal Habitations; pp. 38-56.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: Aboriginal Conceptions of the Body, Disease, and Medicine; pp. 83-99.&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 5, 9&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 5: Medical Traditions in Aboriginal Cultures; pp. 126-152.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 9: Aboriginal Healing in the Contemporary Context; pp. 236-261.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eleven===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters KL, Simoni JM. Reconceptualizing native women&#039;s health: an &amp;quot;indigenist&amp;quot; stress-coping model. &#039;&#039;American Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;. 2002 Apr;92(4):520-4.&lt;br /&gt;
# Simoni JM, Sehgal S, Walters KL. Triangle of risk: urban American Indian women&#039;s sexual trauma, injection drug use, and HIV sexual risk behaviors. &#039;&#039;AIDS and Behavior&#039;&#039;. 2004 Mar;8(1):33-45.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browne, A.J. &amp;amp; Fiske, J. (2001). First Nation’s Women’s Encounters with Mainstream Health Care Services. &#039;&#039;Western Journal of Nursing Research&#039;&#039;, 23(2), 126-147.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Jacobs, B., Williams, A. (2008). Legacy of residential schools: Missing and murdered Aboriginal women. From truth to reconciliation: Transforming the legacy of residential schools, Eds. Castellano, M.B., Archibald, L., DeGagné, M. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008. &lt;br /&gt;
# Benoit, C., Carroll, D., Chaudhry, M. (2003). In search of a Healing Place: Aboriginal women in Vancouver’s Downtown Eastside. &#039;&#039;Social Science and Medicine&#039;&#039;, 56; 821-833.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Twelve===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Brant Castellano M. Reflections on Identity and Empowerment. Recurring Themes in the Discourse on and with Aboriginal Youth. &#039;&#039;Horizons: Policy Research Initiative&#039;&#039;. 2008;10(1):7-12.&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrado R, Cohen I, Watkinson A. The Over -Representation of Aboriginal Youth in Custody Policy Challenges. &#039;&#039;Horizons: Policy Research Initiative&#039;&#039;. 2008;10(1):79-82.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dion-Stout M, Kipling G, Stout R. Aboriginal people, resilience and the residential school legacy. Ottawa: &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson, N., Lipinski, A. The Community Youth Initiative Project.  In Aboriginal Healing in Canada: Studies in Therapeutic Meaning and Practice. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008, 9-30. &lt;br /&gt;
# Blackstock, C. &amp;amp; Trocmé, N. Community-Based Child Welfare for Aboriginal Children: Supporting Resilience Through Structural Change. (2005). In &#039;&#039;Handbook for Working with Children and Youth: Pathways to Resilience Across Cultures and Contexts&#039;&#039;. Thousand Oaks: Sage Press. Michael Ungar, Ed.; pp. 105-120. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Aboriginal Healing in the Contemporary Context; pp. 236-261.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 10: Self-Determination and Health Care; pp. 262&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 11: Conclusion; pp. 289-98&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: “We Can Heal”, Aboriginal Children Today; pp. 205-236.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Thirteen===&lt;br /&gt;
Course wrap up&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267037</id>
		<title>Course:SPPH536/Readings and Resources</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267037"/>
		<updated>2013-12-15T20:47:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Week Nine */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Readings and Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Jan 2012&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week One===&lt;br /&gt;
There are no assigned readings this week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Two===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Reclaiming Connections: Understanding Residential School Trauma Among Aboriginal People. Ottawa, Ontario: Aboriginal Healing Foundation; 2005. Sections I-III, pages 11-63.&lt;br /&gt;
# Whitbeck, L. B., Adams, G. W., Hoyt, D. R., &amp;amp; Chen, X. (2004). Conceptualizing and measuring historical Trauma among American Indian people. American Journal of Community Psychology, 33(3/4), 119–130.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Addictive Behaviours and Residential School Abuse. In Addictive Behaviours Among Aboriginal People in Canada, Aboriginal Healing Foundation in Canada, Ottawa, pp. 19-28. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mitchel, T., Maracle D. (2005). Healing the generations: Post-traumatic stress and the health status of Aboriginal populations in Canada. Journal of Aboriginal Health, 2(1), 14-24.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Evans-Campbell, T. (2008). Historical trauma in American Indian/ Native Alaskan Communities: A multilevel framework for exploring impacts on individuals, families and communities. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 23 (316-338).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course texts readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-6&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Tuition of Thomas Moore; pp. 3-9&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: The Imperial Heritage, 1830-1879; pp. 11-22&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: The Founding Vision of Residential School Education, 1879-1920; pp.23-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “A National Crime”: Building and Managing the System, 1879-1946; pp. 51-75&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “The Charge of Manslaughter”: Disease and Death, 1879-1946; pp. 77-107&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: “We Are Going to Tell You How We Are Treated”: Food and Clothing, 1879 to 1946; pp. 109-128. &lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Introduction, Chapter 1&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Introduction; pp. ix-xxiii&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Health in British Columbia: Overview; pp. 3-18&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Three===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson N. (2005). The embodiment of inequity: health disparities in Aboriginal Canada. Canadian Journal of Public Health;96(S2):s45-60. &lt;br /&gt;
# Estey, E., Kmetic, A.M., Reading, J. (2007). Innovative approaches in public health research: Applying life course epidemiology to Aboriginal health research. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 98(6): 444-446.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smylie, J., Anderson, M. (2006). Understanding the health of Indigenous peoples in Canada: key methodological and conceptual challenges. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 176(6):602-605.&lt;br /&gt;
# Assembly of First Nations. (2006). First Nations Public Health: A Framework for Improving the Health of Our People and Our Communities. Chapter 1: Introduction, pp. 3-12; Chapter 2: Health Determinants, pp.13-20; Chapter 3: Jurisdiction and Organization, pp. 21-45; Chapter 4: Surveillance, pp. 47-63; Chapter 5: Health Promotion, Protection and Disease Prevention, pp. 65-84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram et al. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-2, 4, 8&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: An Overview of the Aboriginal Peoples of Canada; pp. 3-23&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Health and Disease Prior to European Contact; pp. 24-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Aboriginal Peoples and the Health Transition; pp. 73-125&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: The organization and utilization of contemporary health services; 210-235.&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Chapters 6-8&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: Acts of Humanity: Indian Health Services; pp.100-128.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: Doctors, Hospitals, and Field Matrons: On the Ground with Indian Health Services; pp.129-152.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: Medical Pluralism in Aboriginal Communities; pp. 153-72.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Four===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Christian, W.M., Spittal, P.M., (2009). The Cedar Project: Acknowledging the Pain of our Children, The Lancet; 372(9644): 1132-1133. &lt;br /&gt;
# O’Neil, J. (1986). The politics of health in the Fourth World: a Northern Canadian example. Human Organization, 45, 119-128.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indian Act. R.S., c. I-6, s. 1. Published by the Minister of Justice. Available online:   HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca&amp;quot;  http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca.&lt;br /&gt;
# Waters, S. (no date). British Columbia’s Public Health Act from a First Nations’ Perspective: Discussion Paper, (35p).&lt;br /&gt;
# Boyer, Y. (2004). First Nations, Metis and Inuit Health Care: The Crown’s Fiduciary Obligation. National Aboriginal Health Organization Discussion Paper Series in Aboriginal Health: Legal Issues. Native Law Centre, Saskatchewan. Available online: http://www.naho.ca/english/publications/DP_crowns_obligation.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.; &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 7, 9&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: The Parenting Presumption: Neglect and Abuse; pp. 129-156&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Integration for Closure, 1946-1986; 189-209&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 10: Persistence: The Struggle for Closure; pp. 211-238&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M.; &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 4&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 4: A ‘Scandalous Procession’: Residential Schooling and the Reformation of Aboriginal bodies; pp. 57-80.&lt;br /&gt;
#Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-3&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 1: The Perpetual Stranger: Four Generations in My Sto:lo Family; pp. 19-46.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 2: “Killing the Indian in the Child”, Four Centuries of Church-Run Schools; pp.47-80.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 3: Wolves in Sheep’s Clothing: The Child Welfare System; pp. 81-114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Five===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# First Nations Centre. (2007). OCAP: Ownership, Control, Access and Possession. Sanctioned by the First Nations Information Governance Committee, Assembly of First Nations. Ottawa: National Aboriginal Health Organization. &lt;br /&gt;
# Schnarch, B. (2004). Ownership, control, access, and possession (OCAP) or self-determination applied to research: A critical analysis of contemporary First Nations research and some options for First Nations communities. Journal of Aboriginal Health, 1(1), 80-95.&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters, K.L., et al. (2009). “Indigenist” Research Efforts in Native American Communities. In The Field Research Survival Guide, Arlene Rubin Stiffman, Ed. Oxford University Press: New York, pp.146-73.&lt;br /&gt;
# Paradies, Y.C. (2006). Defining, Conceptualizing and Characterizing Racism in Health Research. Critical Public Health; June 2006; 16(2): 143-157.&lt;br /&gt;
# Brant Castellano, M. (2004). Ethics of Aboriginal Research. Journal of Aboriginal Health, January; 98-114. &lt;br /&gt;
# Armstrong, T. (2000). Celebrating Community Knowledge: Encouraging Involvement, Achieving Ownership and Building Confidence Through Comprehensive Community Consultation. Native Social Work Journal, 3, 99-106. &lt;br /&gt;
# CIHR (2010). Tri-Council Policy Statement: Ethical Conduct for Research Involving Humans; Chapter 9: Research Involving the First Nations, Inuit and Métis Peoples of Canada (  HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://www.pre.ethics.gc.ca/pdf/eng/tcps2/TCPS_2_FINAL_Web.pdf&amp;quot;  http://www.pre.ethics.gc.ca/pdf/eng/tcps2/TCPS_2_FINAL_Web.pdf )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 4&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “Infinite Comfort and Time”, Healing Survivors of Sexual Abuse; pp.115-142.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smith, L. T. (1999). Decolonizing methodologies. Research and Indigenous peoples. London: Zed Books. &#039;&#039;Chapters 2-4&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Research Through Imperial Eyes, pp. 42-57; &lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: Colonizing Knowledges, pp. 58-77.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Research Adventures on Indigenous Lands; pp. 83-94.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Six===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Spittal PM, Craib KJP, Teegee M, Baylis C, Christian WM, Moniruzzaman A, et al. The Cedar Project: Prevalence and Correlates of HIV Infection among Young Aboriginal People who use Drugs in Two Canadian Cities. International Journal of Circumpolar Health. 2007;66(3):225-40.&lt;br /&gt;
# For the Cedar Project Partnership, ME Pearce, WM Christian, K. Patterson, PM Spittal The Cedar Project: Historical trauma, Sexual abuse and HIV risk among Aboriginal young people who use injection and non injection drugs in two Canadian cities. Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine. 66 (2008), 2185-2194. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duran, B. &amp;amp; Walters, K. (2004). HIV/AIDS Prevention in Indian country: Current Practice, Indigenist Etiology Models and post-colonial approaches to change. AIDS Education and Prevention 16 (3), 187-201. &lt;br /&gt;
# Craib KJ, Spittal PM, Wood E, Laliberte N, Hogg RS, Li K, et al. (2003). Risk factors for elevated HIV incidence among Aboriginal injection drug users in Vancouver. Canadian Medical Association journal, 168(1):19-24. &lt;br /&gt;
# Barlow K. Examining HIV/AIDS among the Aboriginal population in Canada in the post-residential school era. Aboriginal Healing Foundation, Ottawa; 2003. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mill, J.E. (2000). Describing an Explanatory Model of HIV Illness among Aboriginal Women. Holistic Nursing Practice, 42-56.&lt;br /&gt;
# Orchard, T.R., Druyts, E., McInnes, C.W. et al. (2010). Factors behind HIV testing practices among Canadian Aboriginal peoples living off-reserve. AIDS Care, 22(3); 324-331. Available at: http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/section?content=a920386834&amp;amp;fulltext=713240928&lt;br /&gt;
# Craib, KJP, Spittal, PM, Patel, SH, Christian, WM, Moniruzzaman, A, Pearce, M, Demarais, L &amp;amp; Schechter MT. The Cedar Project: Prevalence of Hepatitis C virus infection and related vulnerabilities among young Aboriginal people who use drugs in tow Canadian cities. Open Medicine, 3(4): 220-227&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “I am Responsible, I am Accountable”, Healing Aboriginal Sex Offenders; pp.143-172.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Seven===&lt;br /&gt;
Reading Week&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eight===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J.A., Vermeulen, S.U., Toth, M.L. et al. (2009). Increasing Incidence and Prevalence of Diabetes among the Status Aboriginal Population in Urban and Rural Alberta, 1995-2006. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 100(3): 231-236.&lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N.D. (2005). Determinants of Healthy Eating in Aboriginal Peoples in Canada. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 96 Suppl 3:S32-6, S36-41.&lt;br /&gt;
# Martens, P.J. et al. (2007). Diabetes and Adverse Outcomes in a First Nations Population: Associations with Healthcare Access, and Socioeconomic and Geographic Factors. Canadian Journal of Diabetes, 31(3); 223-232. &lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N. (2005). Overweight in First Nations Children: Prevalence, Implications, and Solutions. Journal of Aboriginal Health, March, 2005: 76-86. &lt;br /&gt;
# Downs, S.M., et al. (2009). Associations among the food environment, diet quality and weight status in Cree children in Quebec. Public Health Nutrition, 12(9): 1504-1511.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spurr, S. (2007). The Politics of Policy Development to End Obesity for Aboriginal Youth in the Educational Environment, First Peoples Child &amp;amp; Family Review, 3(3); 72-83. Available at:   HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://www.fncfcs.com/pubs/vol3num3/Spurr_72.pdf&amp;quot;  http://www.fncfcs.com/pubs/vol3num3/Spurr_72.pdf &lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J., Vermeulen, S. et al. (2009). Increasing incidence and prevalence of diabetes among the Status Aboriginal population in urban and rural Alberta, 1995-2006. Canadian Public Health Association Journal, 100(3); 231-36.&lt;br /&gt;
# Egeland, G., Pacey, A., Cao, Z., &amp;amp; Sobel, I. (2010). Food insecurity among Inuit preschoolers: Nunavut Inuit Child Health Survey, 2007–2008. CMAJ, 182(3): 243-248.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chan H., Fediuk K., Hamilton S., Rostas L., Caughey A., Kuhnlein H., Egeland G, &amp;amp; Loring E. (2006). Food security in Nunavut, Canada: Barriers and recommendations. International Journal of Circumpolar Health, 65(5): 417-431. &lt;br /&gt;
# Samson, C., &amp;amp; Pretty, J. (2006). Environmental and health benefits of hunting lifestvles and diets for the Innu of Labrador. Food Policy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: ‘My People Are Sick. My Young Men Are Angry’: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Diet and Nutrition; pp. 19-37.&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 12&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 12: The Failure of Guardianship: Neglect &amp;amp; Abuse, 1946-1986; pp. 259-93.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Nine===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poster Presentations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Ten===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fiske, J. (2008). Making the Intangible Manifest: Healing Practices of the Qul-Aun Trauma Program. In Aboriginal Healing in Canada: Studies in Therapeutic Meaning and Practice. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008, 31-91.&lt;br /&gt;
# Furgal, C. &amp;amp; Seguin, J. (2006).  Climate Change, Health, and Vulnerability in Canadian Northern Aboriginal Communities. &#039;&#039;Environmental Health Perspectives&#039;&#039;, 114(12): 1964-1970. &lt;br /&gt;
# Hill, D.M. (2003). Traditional Medicine in Contemporary Contexts: Protecting and Respecting Indigenous Knowledge and Medicine. &#039;&#039;National Aboriginal Health Organization&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
# National Aboriginal Health Organization. (2008). An Overview Of Traditional Knowledge And Medicine And Public Health In Canada. Ottawa: Author.&lt;br /&gt;
# Richmond, C.A.M. &amp;amp; Ross, N.A.  (2008). The Determinants of First Nation and Inuit Health: A Critical Population Health Approach. &#039;&#039;Health &amp;amp; Place&#039;&#039;, 15: 403-411. &lt;br /&gt;
# Turner, N.J., Turner, K.L. (2008). “Where Our Women Used to Get the Food”: Cumulative Effects and Loss of Ethnobotanical Knowledge and Practice; Case Study from Coastal British Columbia. &#039;&#039;Botany&#039;&#039;, 86: 103-115.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: ‘Running Out of Spaces’: Sanitation and Environment in Aboriginal Habitations; pp. 38-56.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: Aboriginal Conceptions of the Body, Disease, and Medicine; pp. 83-99.&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: Medical Traditions in Aboriginal Cultures; pp. 126-152.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Aboriginal Healing in the Contemporary Context; pp. 236-261.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eleven===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters KL, Simoni JM. Reconceptualizing native women&#039;s health: an &amp;quot;indigenist&amp;quot; stress-coping model. &#039;&#039;American Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;. 2002 Apr;92(4):520-4.&lt;br /&gt;
# Simoni JM, Sehgal S, Walters KL. Triangle of risk: urban American Indian women&#039;s sexual trauma, injection drug use, and HIV sexual risk behaviors. &#039;&#039;AIDS and Behavior&#039;&#039;. 2004 Mar;8(1):33-45.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browne, A.J. &amp;amp; Fiske, J. (2001). First Nation’s Women’s Encounters with Mainstream Health Care Services. &#039;&#039;Western Journal of Nursing Research&#039;&#039;, 23(2), 126-147.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Jacobs, B., Williams, A. (2008). Legacy of residential schools: Missing and murdered Aboriginal women. From truth to reconciliation: Transforming the legacy of residential schools, Eds. Castellano, M.B., Archibald, L., DeGagné, M. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008. &lt;br /&gt;
# Benoit, C., Carroll, D., Chaudhry, M. (2003). In search of a Healing Place: Aboriginal women in Vancouver’s Downtown Eastside. &#039;&#039;Social Science and Medicine&#039;&#039;, 56; 821-833.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Twelve===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Brant Castellano M. Reflections on Identity and Empowerment. Recurring Themes in the Discourse on and with Aboriginal Youth. &#039;&#039;Horizons: Policy Research Initiative&#039;&#039;. 2008;10(1):7-12.&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrado R, Cohen I, Watkinson A. The Over -Representation of Aboriginal Youth in Custody Policy Challenges. &#039;&#039;Horizons: Policy Research Initiative&#039;&#039;. 2008;10(1):79-82.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dion-Stout M, Kipling G, Stout R. Aboriginal people, resilience and the residential school legacy. Ottawa: &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson, N., Lipinski, A. The Community Youth Initiative Project.  In Aboriginal Healing in Canada: Studies in Therapeutic Meaning and Practice. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008, 9-30. &lt;br /&gt;
# Blackstock, C. &amp;amp; Trocmé, N. Community-Based Child Welfare for Aboriginal Children: Supporting Resilience Through Structural Change. (2005). In &#039;&#039;Handbook for Working with Children and Youth: Pathways to Resilience Across Cultures and Contexts&#039;&#039;. Thousand Oaks: Sage Press. Michael Ungar, Ed.; pp. 105-120. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Aboriginal Healing in the Contemporary Context; pp. 236-261.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 10: Self-Determination and Health Care; pp. 262&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 11: Conclusion; pp. 289-98&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: “We Can Heal”, Aboriginal Children Today; pp. 205-236.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Thirteen===&lt;br /&gt;
Course wrap up&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267036</id>
		<title>Course:SPPH536/Readings and Resources</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267036"/>
		<updated>2013-12-15T20:45:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Week Eight */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Readings and Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Jan 2012&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week One===&lt;br /&gt;
There are no assigned readings this week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Two===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Reclaiming Connections: Understanding Residential School Trauma Among Aboriginal People. Ottawa, Ontario: Aboriginal Healing Foundation; 2005. Sections I-III, pages 11-63.&lt;br /&gt;
# Whitbeck, L. B., Adams, G. W., Hoyt, D. R., &amp;amp; Chen, X. (2004). Conceptualizing and measuring historical Trauma among American Indian people. American Journal of Community Psychology, 33(3/4), 119–130.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Addictive Behaviours and Residential School Abuse. In Addictive Behaviours Among Aboriginal People in Canada, Aboriginal Healing Foundation in Canada, Ottawa, pp. 19-28. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mitchel, T., Maracle D. (2005). Healing the generations: Post-traumatic stress and the health status of Aboriginal populations in Canada. Journal of Aboriginal Health, 2(1), 14-24.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Evans-Campbell, T. (2008). Historical trauma in American Indian/ Native Alaskan Communities: A multilevel framework for exploring impacts on individuals, families and communities. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 23 (316-338).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course texts readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-6&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Tuition of Thomas Moore; pp. 3-9&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: The Imperial Heritage, 1830-1879; pp. 11-22&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: The Founding Vision of Residential School Education, 1879-1920; pp.23-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “A National Crime”: Building and Managing the System, 1879-1946; pp. 51-75&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “The Charge of Manslaughter”: Disease and Death, 1879-1946; pp. 77-107&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: “We Are Going to Tell You How We Are Treated”: Food and Clothing, 1879 to 1946; pp. 109-128. &lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Introduction, Chapter 1&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Introduction; pp. ix-xxiii&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Health in British Columbia: Overview; pp. 3-18&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Three===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson N. (2005). The embodiment of inequity: health disparities in Aboriginal Canada. Canadian Journal of Public Health;96(S2):s45-60. &lt;br /&gt;
# Estey, E., Kmetic, A.M., Reading, J. (2007). Innovative approaches in public health research: Applying life course epidemiology to Aboriginal health research. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 98(6): 444-446.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smylie, J., Anderson, M. (2006). Understanding the health of Indigenous peoples in Canada: key methodological and conceptual challenges. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 176(6):602-605.&lt;br /&gt;
# Assembly of First Nations. (2006). First Nations Public Health: A Framework for Improving the Health of Our People and Our Communities. Chapter 1: Introduction, pp. 3-12; Chapter 2: Health Determinants, pp.13-20; Chapter 3: Jurisdiction and Organization, pp. 21-45; Chapter 4: Surveillance, pp. 47-63; Chapter 5: Health Promotion, Protection and Disease Prevention, pp. 65-84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram et al. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-2, 4, 8&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: An Overview of the Aboriginal Peoples of Canada; pp. 3-23&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Health and Disease Prior to European Contact; pp. 24-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Aboriginal Peoples and the Health Transition; pp. 73-125&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: The organization and utilization of contemporary health services; 210-235.&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Chapters 6-8&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: Acts of Humanity: Indian Health Services; pp.100-128.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: Doctors, Hospitals, and Field Matrons: On the Ground with Indian Health Services; pp.129-152.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: Medical Pluralism in Aboriginal Communities; pp. 153-72.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Four===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Christian, W.M., Spittal, P.M., (2009). The Cedar Project: Acknowledging the Pain of our Children, The Lancet; 372(9644): 1132-1133. &lt;br /&gt;
# O’Neil, J. (1986). The politics of health in the Fourth World: a Northern Canadian example. Human Organization, 45, 119-128.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indian Act. R.S., c. I-6, s. 1. Published by the Minister of Justice. Available online:   HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca&amp;quot;  http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca.&lt;br /&gt;
# Waters, S. (no date). British Columbia’s Public Health Act from a First Nations’ Perspective: Discussion Paper, (35p).&lt;br /&gt;
# Boyer, Y. (2004). First Nations, Metis and Inuit Health Care: The Crown’s Fiduciary Obligation. National Aboriginal Health Organization Discussion Paper Series in Aboriginal Health: Legal Issues. Native Law Centre, Saskatchewan. Available online: http://www.naho.ca/english/publications/DP_crowns_obligation.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.; &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 7, 9&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: The Parenting Presumption: Neglect and Abuse; pp. 129-156&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Integration for Closure, 1946-1986; 189-209&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 10: Persistence: The Struggle for Closure; pp. 211-238&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M.; &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 4&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 4: A ‘Scandalous Procession’: Residential Schooling and the Reformation of Aboriginal bodies; pp. 57-80.&lt;br /&gt;
#Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-3&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 1: The Perpetual Stranger: Four Generations in My Sto:lo Family; pp. 19-46.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 2: “Killing the Indian in the Child”, Four Centuries of Church-Run Schools; pp.47-80.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 3: Wolves in Sheep’s Clothing: The Child Welfare System; pp. 81-114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Five===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# First Nations Centre. (2007). OCAP: Ownership, Control, Access and Possession. Sanctioned by the First Nations Information Governance Committee, Assembly of First Nations. Ottawa: National Aboriginal Health Organization. &lt;br /&gt;
# Schnarch, B. (2004). Ownership, control, access, and possession (OCAP) or self-determination applied to research: A critical analysis of contemporary First Nations research and some options for First Nations communities. Journal of Aboriginal Health, 1(1), 80-95.&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters, K.L., et al. (2009). “Indigenist” Research Efforts in Native American Communities. In The Field Research Survival Guide, Arlene Rubin Stiffman, Ed. Oxford University Press: New York, pp.146-73.&lt;br /&gt;
# Paradies, Y.C. (2006). Defining, Conceptualizing and Characterizing Racism in Health Research. Critical Public Health; June 2006; 16(2): 143-157.&lt;br /&gt;
# Brant Castellano, M. (2004). Ethics of Aboriginal Research. Journal of Aboriginal Health, January; 98-114. &lt;br /&gt;
# Armstrong, T. (2000). Celebrating Community Knowledge: Encouraging Involvement, Achieving Ownership and Building Confidence Through Comprehensive Community Consultation. Native Social Work Journal, 3, 99-106. &lt;br /&gt;
# CIHR (2010). Tri-Council Policy Statement: Ethical Conduct for Research Involving Humans; Chapter 9: Research Involving the First Nations, Inuit and Métis Peoples of Canada (  HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://www.pre.ethics.gc.ca/pdf/eng/tcps2/TCPS_2_FINAL_Web.pdf&amp;quot;  http://www.pre.ethics.gc.ca/pdf/eng/tcps2/TCPS_2_FINAL_Web.pdf )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 4&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “Infinite Comfort and Time”, Healing Survivors of Sexual Abuse; pp.115-142.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smith, L. T. (1999). Decolonizing methodologies. Research and Indigenous peoples. London: Zed Books. &#039;&#039;Chapters 2-4&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Research Through Imperial Eyes, pp. 42-57; &lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: Colonizing Knowledges, pp. 58-77.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Research Adventures on Indigenous Lands; pp. 83-94.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Six===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Spittal PM, Craib KJP, Teegee M, Baylis C, Christian WM, Moniruzzaman A, et al. The Cedar Project: Prevalence and Correlates of HIV Infection among Young Aboriginal People who use Drugs in Two Canadian Cities. International Journal of Circumpolar Health. 2007;66(3):225-40.&lt;br /&gt;
# For the Cedar Project Partnership, ME Pearce, WM Christian, K. Patterson, PM Spittal The Cedar Project: Historical trauma, Sexual abuse and HIV risk among Aboriginal young people who use injection and non injection drugs in two Canadian cities. Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine. 66 (2008), 2185-2194. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duran, B. &amp;amp; Walters, K. (2004). HIV/AIDS Prevention in Indian country: Current Practice, Indigenist Etiology Models and post-colonial approaches to change. AIDS Education and Prevention 16 (3), 187-201. &lt;br /&gt;
# Craib KJ, Spittal PM, Wood E, Laliberte N, Hogg RS, Li K, et al. (2003). Risk factors for elevated HIV incidence among Aboriginal injection drug users in Vancouver. Canadian Medical Association journal, 168(1):19-24. &lt;br /&gt;
# Barlow K. Examining HIV/AIDS among the Aboriginal population in Canada in the post-residential school era. Aboriginal Healing Foundation, Ottawa; 2003. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mill, J.E. (2000). Describing an Explanatory Model of HIV Illness among Aboriginal Women. Holistic Nursing Practice, 42-56.&lt;br /&gt;
# Orchard, T.R., Druyts, E., McInnes, C.W. et al. (2010). Factors behind HIV testing practices among Canadian Aboriginal peoples living off-reserve. AIDS Care, 22(3); 324-331. Available at: http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/section?content=a920386834&amp;amp;fulltext=713240928&lt;br /&gt;
# Craib, KJP, Spittal, PM, Patel, SH, Christian, WM, Moniruzzaman, A, Pearce, M, Demarais, L &amp;amp; Schechter MT. The Cedar Project: Prevalence of Hepatitis C virus infection and related vulnerabilities among young Aboriginal people who use drugs in tow Canadian cities. Open Medicine, 3(4): 220-227&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “I am Responsible, I am Accountable”, Healing Aboriginal Sex Offenders; pp.143-172.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Seven===&lt;br /&gt;
Reading Week&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eight===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J.A., Vermeulen, S.U., Toth, M.L. et al. (2009). Increasing Incidence and Prevalence of Diabetes among the Status Aboriginal Population in Urban and Rural Alberta, 1995-2006. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 100(3): 231-236.&lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N.D. (2005). Determinants of Healthy Eating in Aboriginal Peoples in Canada. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 96 Suppl 3:S32-6, S36-41.&lt;br /&gt;
# Martens, P.J. et al. (2007). Diabetes and Adverse Outcomes in a First Nations Population: Associations with Healthcare Access, and Socioeconomic and Geographic Factors. Canadian Journal of Diabetes, 31(3); 223-232. &lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N. (2005). Overweight in First Nations Children: Prevalence, Implications, and Solutions. Journal of Aboriginal Health, March, 2005: 76-86. &lt;br /&gt;
# Downs, S.M., et al. (2009). Associations among the food environment, diet quality and weight status in Cree children in Quebec. Public Health Nutrition, 12(9): 1504-1511.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spurr, S. (2007). The Politics of Policy Development to End Obesity for Aboriginal Youth in the Educational Environment, First Peoples Child &amp;amp; Family Review, 3(3); 72-83. Available at:   HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://www.fncfcs.com/pubs/vol3num3/Spurr_72.pdf&amp;quot;  http://www.fncfcs.com/pubs/vol3num3/Spurr_72.pdf &lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J., Vermeulen, S. et al. (2009). Increasing incidence and prevalence of diabetes among the Status Aboriginal population in urban and rural Alberta, 1995-2006. Canadian Public Health Association Journal, 100(3); 231-36.&lt;br /&gt;
# Egeland, G., Pacey, A., Cao, Z., &amp;amp; Sobel, I. (2010). Food insecurity among Inuit preschoolers: Nunavut Inuit Child Health Survey, 2007–2008. CMAJ, 182(3): 243-248.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chan H., Fediuk K., Hamilton S., Rostas L., Caughey A., Kuhnlein H., Egeland G, &amp;amp; Loring E. (2006). Food security in Nunavut, Canada: Barriers and recommendations. International Journal of Circumpolar Health, 65(5): 417-431. &lt;br /&gt;
# Samson, C., &amp;amp; Pretty, J. (2006). Environmental and health benefits of hunting lifestvles and diets for the Innu of Labrador. Food Policy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: ‘My People Are Sick. My Young Men Are Angry’: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Diet and Nutrition; pp. 19-37.&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 12&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 12: The Failure of Guardianship: Neglect &amp;amp; Abuse, 1946-1986; pp. 259-93.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Nine===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J.A., Vermeulen, S.U., Toth, M.L. et al. (2009). Increasing Incidence and Prevalence of Diabetes among the Status Aboriginal Population in Urban and Rural Alberta, 1995-2006. &#039;&#039;Canadian Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;, 100(3): 231-236.&lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N.D. (2005). Determinants of Healthy Eating in Aboriginal Peoples in Canada. &#039;&#039;Canadian Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;, 96 Suppl 3:S32-6, S36-41.&lt;br /&gt;
# Martens, P.J. et al. (2007). Diabetes and Adverse Outcomes in a First Nations Population: Associations with Healthcare Access, and Socioeconomic and Geographic Factors. &#039;&#039;Canadian Journal of Diabetes&#039;&#039;, 31(3); 223-232. &lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N. (2005). Overweight in First Nations Children: Prevalence, Implications, and Solutions. &#039;&#039;Journal of Aboriginal Health&#039;&#039;, March, 2005: 76-86. &lt;br /&gt;
# Downs, S.M., et al.  (2009). Associations among the food environment, diet quality and weight status in Cree children in Quebec. &#039;&#039;Public Health Nutrition&#039;&#039;, 12(9): 1504-1511.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spurr, S. (2007). The Politics of Policy Development to End Obesity for Aboriginal Youth in the Educational Environment, First Peoples Child &amp;amp; Family Review, 3(3); 72-83. Available at: http://www.fncfcs.com/pubs/vol3num3/Spurr_72.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J., Vermeulen, S. et al. (2009). Increasing incidence and prevalence of diabetes among the Status Aboriginal population in urban and rural Alberta, 1995-2006. &#039;&#039;Canadian Public Health Association Journal&#039;&#039;, 100(3); 231-36.&lt;br /&gt;
# Egeland, G., Pacey, A., Cao, Z., &amp;amp; Sobel, I. (2010). Food insecurity among Inuit preschoolers:  Nunavut Inuit Child Health Survey, 2007–2008. &#039;&#039;CMAJ&#039;&#039;, 182(3): 243-248.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chan H., Fediuk K., Hamilton S., Rostas L., Caughey A., Kuhnlein H., Egeland G, &amp;amp; Loring E. (2006). Food security in Nunavut, Canada: Barriers and recommendations. &#039;&#039;International Journal of Circumpolar Health&#039;&#039;, 65(5): 417-431. &lt;br /&gt;
# Samson, C., &amp;amp; Pretty, J. (2006). Environmental and health benefits of hunting lifestvles and diets for the Innu of Labrador. &#039;&#039;Food Policy&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: ‘My People Are Sick.  My Young Men Are Angry’: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Diet and Nutrition; pp. 19-37.&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 12:  The Failure of Guardianship: Neglect &amp;amp; Abuse, 1946-1986; pp. 259-93.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Ten===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fiske, J. (2008). Making the Intangible Manifest: Healing Practices of the Qul-Aun Trauma Program. In Aboriginal Healing in Canada: Studies in Therapeutic Meaning and Practice. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008, 31-91.&lt;br /&gt;
# Furgal, C. &amp;amp; Seguin, J. (2006).  Climate Change, Health, and Vulnerability in Canadian Northern Aboriginal Communities. &#039;&#039;Environmental Health Perspectives&#039;&#039;, 114(12): 1964-1970. &lt;br /&gt;
# Hill, D.M. (2003). Traditional Medicine in Contemporary Contexts: Protecting and Respecting Indigenous Knowledge and Medicine. &#039;&#039;National Aboriginal Health Organization&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
# National Aboriginal Health Organization. (2008). An Overview Of Traditional Knowledge And Medicine And Public Health In Canada. Ottawa: Author.&lt;br /&gt;
# Richmond, C.A.M. &amp;amp; Ross, N.A.  (2008). The Determinants of First Nation and Inuit Health: A Critical Population Health Approach. &#039;&#039;Health &amp;amp; Place&#039;&#039;, 15: 403-411. &lt;br /&gt;
# Turner, N.J., Turner, K.L. (2008). “Where Our Women Used to Get the Food”: Cumulative Effects and Loss of Ethnobotanical Knowledge and Practice; Case Study from Coastal British Columbia. &#039;&#039;Botany&#039;&#039;, 86: 103-115.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: ‘Running Out of Spaces’: Sanitation and Environment in Aboriginal Habitations; pp. 38-56.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: Aboriginal Conceptions of the Body, Disease, and Medicine; pp. 83-99.&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: Medical Traditions in Aboriginal Cultures; pp. 126-152.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Aboriginal Healing in the Contemporary Context; pp. 236-261.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eleven===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters KL, Simoni JM. Reconceptualizing native women&#039;s health: an &amp;quot;indigenist&amp;quot; stress-coping model. &#039;&#039;American Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;. 2002 Apr;92(4):520-4.&lt;br /&gt;
# Simoni JM, Sehgal S, Walters KL. Triangle of risk: urban American Indian women&#039;s sexual trauma, injection drug use, and HIV sexual risk behaviors. &#039;&#039;AIDS and Behavior&#039;&#039;. 2004 Mar;8(1):33-45.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browne, A.J. &amp;amp; Fiske, J. (2001). First Nation’s Women’s Encounters with Mainstream Health Care Services. &#039;&#039;Western Journal of Nursing Research&#039;&#039;, 23(2), 126-147.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Jacobs, B., Williams, A. (2008). Legacy of residential schools: Missing and murdered Aboriginal women. From truth to reconciliation: Transforming the legacy of residential schools, Eds. Castellano, M.B., Archibald, L., DeGagné, M. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008. &lt;br /&gt;
# Benoit, C., Carroll, D., Chaudhry, M. (2003). In search of a Healing Place: Aboriginal women in Vancouver’s Downtown Eastside. &#039;&#039;Social Science and Medicine&#039;&#039;, 56; 821-833.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Twelve===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Brant Castellano M. Reflections on Identity and Empowerment. Recurring Themes in the Discourse on and with Aboriginal Youth. &#039;&#039;Horizons: Policy Research Initiative&#039;&#039;. 2008;10(1):7-12.&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrado R, Cohen I, Watkinson A. The Over -Representation of Aboriginal Youth in Custody Policy Challenges. &#039;&#039;Horizons: Policy Research Initiative&#039;&#039;. 2008;10(1):79-82.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dion-Stout M, Kipling G, Stout R. Aboriginal people, resilience and the residential school legacy. Ottawa: &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson, N., Lipinski, A. The Community Youth Initiative Project.  In Aboriginal Healing in Canada: Studies in Therapeutic Meaning and Practice. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008, 9-30. &lt;br /&gt;
# Blackstock, C. &amp;amp; Trocmé, N. Community-Based Child Welfare for Aboriginal Children: Supporting Resilience Through Structural Change. (2005). In &#039;&#039;Handbook for Working with Children and Youth: Pathways to Resilience Across Cultures and Contexts&#039;&#039;. Thousand Oaks: Sage Press. Michael Ungar, Ed.; pp. 105-120. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Aboriginal Healing in the Contemporary Context; pp. 236-261.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 10: Self-Determination and Health Care; pp. 262&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 11: Conclusion; pp. 289-98&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: “We Can Heal”, Aboriginal Children Today; pp. 205-236.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Thirteen===&lt;br /&gt;
Course wrap up&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267035</id>
		<title>Course:SPPH536/Readings and Resources</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267035"/>
		<updated>2013-12-15T20:40:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Week Six */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Readings and Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Jan 2012&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week One===&lt;br /&gt;
There are no assigned readings this week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Two===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Reclaiming Connections: Understanding Residential School Trauma Among Aboriginal People. Ottawa, Ontario: Aboriginal Healing Foundation; 2005. Sections I-III, pages 11-63.&lt;br /&gt;
# Whitbeck, L. B., Adams, G. W., Hoyt, D. R., &amp;amp; Chen, X. (2004). Conceptualizing and measuring historical Trauma among American Indian people. American Journal of Community Psychology, 33(3/4), 119–130.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Addictive Behaviours and Residential School Abuse. In Addictive Behaviours Among Aboriginal People in Canada, Aboriginal Healing Foundation in Canada, Ottawa, pp. 19-28. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mitchel, T., Maracle D. (2005). Healing the generations: Post-traumatic stress and the health status of Aboriginal populations in Canada. Journal of Aboriginal Health, 2(1), 14-24.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Evans-Campbell, T. (2008). Historical trauma in American Indian/ Native Alaskan Communities: A multilevel framework for exploring impacts on individuals, families and communities. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 23 (316-338).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course texts readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-6&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Tuition of Thomas Moore; pp. 3-9&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: The Imperial Heritage, 1830-1879; pp. 11-22&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: The Founding Vision of Residential School Education, 1879-1920; pp.23-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “A National Crime”: Building and Managing the System, 1879-1946; pp. 51-75&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “The Charge of Manslaughter”: Disease and Death, 1879-1946; pp. 77-107&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: “We Are Going to Tell You How We Are Treated”: Food and Clothing, 1879 to 1946; pp. 109-128. &lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Introduction, Chapter 1&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Introduction; pp. ix-xxiii&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Health in British Columbia: Overview; pp. 3-18&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Three===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson N. (2005). The embodiment of inequity: health disparities in Aboriginal Canada. Canadian Journal of Public Health;96(S2):s45-60. &lt;br /&gt;
# Estey, E., Kmetic, A.M., Reading, J. (2007). Innovative approaches in public health research: Applying life course epidemiology to Aboriginal health research. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 98(6): 444-446.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smylie, J., Anderson, M. (2006). Understanding the health of Indigenous peoples in Canada: key methodological and conceptual challenges. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 176(6):602-605.&lt;br /&gt;
# Assembly of First Nations. (2006). First Nations Public Health: A Framework for Improving the Health of Our People and Our Communities. Chapter 1: Introduction, pp. 3-12; Chapter 2: Health Determinants, pp.13-20; Chapter 3: Jurisdiction and Organization, pp. 21-45; Chapter 4: Surveillance, pp. 47-63; Chapter 5: Health Promotion, Protection and Disease Prevention, pp. 65-84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram et al. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-2, 4, 8&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: An Overview of the Aboriginal Peoples of Canada; pp. 3-23&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Health and Disease Prior to European Contact; pp. 24-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Aboriginal Peoples and the Health Transition; pp. 73-125&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: The organization and utilization of contemporary health services; 210-235.&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Chapters 6-8&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: Acts of Humanity: Indian Health Services; pp.100-128.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: Doctors, Hospitals, and Field Matrons: On the Ground with Indian Health Services; pp.129-152.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: Medical Pluralism in Aboriginal Communities; pp. 153-72.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Four===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Christian, W.M., Spittal, P.M., (2009). The Cedar Project: Acknowledging the Pain of our Children, The Lancet; 372(9644): 1132-1133. &lt;br /&gt;
# O’Neil, J. (1986). The politics of health in the Fourth World: a Northern Canadian example. Human Organization, 45, 119-128.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indian Act. R.S., c. I-6, s. 1. Published by the Minister of Justice. Available online:   HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca&amp;quot;  http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca.&lt;br /&gt;
# Waters, S. (no date). British Columbia’s Public Health Act from a First Nations’ Perspective: Discussion Paper, (35p).&lt;br /&gt;
# Boyer, Y. (2004). First Nations, Metis and Inuit Health Care: The Crown’s Fiduciary Obligation. National Aboriginal Health Organization Discussion Paper Series in Aboriginal Health: Legal Issues. Native Law Centre, Saskatchewan. Available online: http://www.naho.ca/english/publications/DP_crowns_obligation.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.; &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 7, 9&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: The Parenting Presumption: Neglect and Abuse; pp. 129-156&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Integration for Closure, 1946-1986; 189-209&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 10: Persistence: The Struggle for Closure; pp. 211-238&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M.; &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 4&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 4: A ‘Scandalous Procession’: Residential Schooling and the Reformation of Aboriginal bodies; pp. 57-80.&lt;br /&gt;
#Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-3&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 1: The Perpetual Stranger: Four Generations in My Sto:lo Family; pp. 19-46.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 2: “Killing the Indian in the Child”, Four Centuries of Church-Run Schools; pp.47-80.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 3: Wolves in Sheep’s Clothing: The Child Welfare System; pp. 81-114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Five===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# First Nations Centre. (2007). OCAP: Ownership, Control, Access and Possession. Sanctioned by the First Nations Information Governance Committee, Assembly of First Nations. Ottawa: National Aboriginal Health Organization. &lt;br /&gt;
# Schnarch, B. (2004). Ownership, control, access, and possession (OCAP) or self-determination applied to research: A critical analysis of contemporary First Nations research and some options for First Nations communities. Journal of Aboriginal Health, 1(1), 80-95.&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters, K.L., et al. (2009). “Indigenist” Research Efforts in Native American Communities. In The Field Research Survival Guide, Arlene Rubin Stiffman, Ed. Oxford University Press: New York, pp.146-73.&lt;br /&gt;
# Paradies, Y.C. (2006). Defining, Conceptualizing and Characterizing Racism in Health Research. Critical Public Health; June 2006; 16(2): 143-157.&lt;br /&gt;
# Brant Castellano, M. (2004). Ethics of Aboriginal Research. Journal of Aboriginal Health, January; 98-114. &lt;br /&gt;
# Armstrong, T. (2000). Celebrating Community Knowledge: Encouraging Involvement, Achieving Ownership and Building Confidence Through Comprehensive Community Consultation. Native Social Work Journal, 3, 99-106. &lt;br /&gt;
# CIHR (2010). Tri-Council Policy Statement: Ethical Conduct for Research Involving Humans; Chapter 9: Research Involving the First Nations, Inuit and Métis Peoples of Canada (  HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://www.pre.ethics.gc.ca/pdf/eng/tcps2/TCPS_2_FINAL_Web.pdf&amp;quot;  http://www.pre.ethics.gc.ca/pdf/eng/tcps2/TCPS_2_FINAL_Web.pdf )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 4&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “Infinite Comfort and Time”, Healing Survivors of Sexual Abuse; pp.115-142.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smith, L. T. (1999). Decolonizing methodologies. Research and Indigenous peoples. London: Zed Books. &#039;&#039;Chapters 2-4&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Research Through Imperial Eyes, pp. 42-57; &lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: Colonizing Knowledges, pp. 58-77.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Research Adventures on Indigenous Lands; pp. 83-94.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Six===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Spittal PM, Craib KJP, Teegee M, Baylis C, Christian WM, Moniruzzaman A, et al. The Cedar Project: Prevalence and Correlates of HIV Infection among Young Aboriginal People who use Drugs in Two Canadian Cities. International Journal of Circumpolar Health. 2007;66(3):225-40.&lt;br /&gt;
# For the Cedar Project Partnership, ME Pearce, WM Christian, K. Patterson, PM Spittal The Cedar Project: Historical trauma, Sexual abuse and HIV risk among Aboriginal young people who use injection and non injection drugs in two Canadian cities. Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine. 66 (2008), 2185-2194. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duran, B. &amp;amp; Walters, K. (2004). HIV/AIDS Prevention in Indian country: Current Practice, Indigenist Etiology Models and post-colonial approaches to change. AIDS Education and Prevention 16 (3), 187-201. &lt;br /&gt;
# Craib KJ, Spittal PM, Wood E, Laliberte N, Hogg RS, Li K, et al. (2003). Risk factors for elevated HIV incidence among Aboriginal injection drug users in Vancouver. Canadian Medical Association journal, 168(1):19-24. &lt;br /&gt;
# Barlow K. Examining HIV/AIDS among the Aboriginal population in Canada in the post-residential school era. Aboriginal Healing Foundation, Ottawa; 2003. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mill, J.E. (2000). Describing an Explanatory Model of HIV Illness among Aboriginal Women. Holistic Nursing Practice, 42-56.&lt;br /&gt;
# Orchard, T.R., Druyts, E., McInnes, C.W. et al. (2010). Factors behind HIV testing practices among Canadian Aboriginal peoples living off-reserve. AIDS Care, 22(3); 324-331. Available at: http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/section?content=a920386834&amp;amp;fulltext=713240928&lt;br /&gt;
# Craib, KJP, Spittal, PM, Patel, SH, Christian, WM, Moniruzzaman, A, Pearce, M, Demarais, L &amp;amp; Schechter MT. The Cedar Project: Prevalence of Hepatitis C virus infection and related vulnerabilities among young Aboriginal people who use drugs in tow Canadian cities. Open Medicine, 3(4): 220-227&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “I am Responsible, I am Accountable”, Healing Aboriginal Sex Offenders; pp.143-172.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Seven===&lt;br /&gt;
Reading Week&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eight===&lt;br /&gt;
Poster Presentations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Nine===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J.A., Vermeulen, S.U., Toth, M.L. et al. (2009). Increasing Incidence and Prevalence of Diabetes among the Status Aboriginal Population in Urban and Rural Alberta, 1995-2006. &#039;&#039;Canadian Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;, 100(3): 231-236.&lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N.D. (2005). Determinants of Healthy Eating in Aboriginal Peoples in Canada. &#039;&#039;Canadian Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;, 96 Suppl 3:S32-6, S36-41.&lt;br /&gt;
# Martens, P.J. et al. (2007). Diabetes and Adverse Outcomes in a First Nations Population: Associations with Healthcare Access, and Socioeconomic and Geographic Factors. &#039;&#039;Canadian Journal of Diabetes&#039;&#039;, 31(3); 223-232. &lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N. (2005). Overweight in First Nations Children: Prevalence, Implications, and Solutions. &#039;&#039;Journal of Aboriginal Health&#039;&#039;, March, 2005: 76-86. &lt;br /&gt;
# Downs, S.M., et al.  (2009). Associations among the food environment, diet quality and weight status in Cree children in Quebec. &#039;&#039;Public Health Nutrition&#039;&#039;, 12(9): 1504-1511.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spurr, S. (2007). The Politics of Policy Development to End Obesity for Aboriginal Youth in the Educational Environment, First Peoples Child &amp;amp; Family Review, 3(3); 72-83. Available at: http://www.fncfcs.com/pubs/vol3num3/Spurr_72.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J., Vermeulen, S. et al. (2009). Increasing incidence and prevalence of diabetes among the Status Aboriginal population in urban and rural Alberta, 1995-2006. &#039;&#039;Canadian Public Health Association Journal&#039;&#039;, 100(3); 231-36.&lt;br /&gt;
# Egeland, G., Pacey, A., Cao, Z., &amp;amp; Sobel, I. (2010). Food insecurity among Inuit preschoolers:  Nunavut Inuit Child Health Survey, 2007–2008. &#039;&#039;CMAJ&#039;&#039;, 182(3): 243-248.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chan H., Fediuk K., Hamilton S., Rostas L., Caughey A., Kuhnlein H., Egeland G, &amp;amp; Loring E. (2006). Food security in Nunavut, Canada: Barriers and recommendations. &#039;&#039;International Journal of Circumpolar Health&#039;&#039;, 65(5): 417-431. &lt;br /&gt;
# Samson, C., &amp;amp; Pretty, J. (2006). Environmental and health benefits of hunting lifestvles and diets for the Innu of Labrador. &#039;&#039;Food Policy&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: ‘My People Are Sick.  My Young Men Are Angry’: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Diet and Nutrition; pp. 19-37.&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 12:  The Failure of Guardianship: Neglect &amp;amp; Abuse, 1946-1986; pp. 259-93.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Ten===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fiske, J. (2008). Making the Intangible Manifest: Healing Practices of the Qul-Aun Trauma Program. In Aboriginal Healing in Canada: Studies in Therapeutic Meaning and Practice. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008, 31-91.&lt;br /&gt;
# Furgal, C. &amp;amp; Seguin, J. (2006).  Climate Change, Health, and Vulnerability in Canadian Northern Aboriginal Communities. &#039;&#039;Environmental Health Perspectives&#039;&#039;, 114(12): 1964-1970. &lt;br /&gt;
# Hill, D.M. (2003). Traditional Medicine in Contemporary Contexts: Protecting and Respecting Indigenous Knowledge and Medicine. &#039;&#039;National Aboriginal Health Organization&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
# National Aboriginal Health Organization. (2008). An Overview Of Traditional Knowledge And Medicine And Public Health In Canada. Ottawa: Author.&lt;br /&gt;
# Richmond, C.A.M. &amp;amp; Ross, N.A.  (2008). The Determinants of First Nation and Inuit Health: A Critical Population Health Approach. &#039;&#039;Health &amp;amp; Place&#039;&#039;, 15: 403-411. &lt;br /&gt;
# Turner, N.J., Turner, K.L. (2008). “Where Our Women Used to Get the Food”: Cumulative Effects and Loss of Ethnobotanical Knowledge and Practice; Case Study from Coastal British Columbia. &#039;&#039;Botany&#039;&#039;, 86: 103-115.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: ‘Running Out of Spaces’: Sanitation and Environment in Aboriginal Habitations; pp. 38-56.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: Aboriginal Conceptions of the Body, Disease, and Medicine; pp. 83-99.&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: Medical Traditions in Aboriginal Cultures; pp. 126-152.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Aboriginal Healing in the Contemporary Context; pp. 236-261.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eleven===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters KL, Simoni JM. Reconceptualizing native women&#039;s health: an &amp;quot;indigenist&amp;quot; stress-coping model. &#039;&#039;American Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;. 2002 Apr;92(4):520-4.&lt;br /&gt;
# Simoni JM, Sehgal S, Walters KL. Triangle of risk: urban American Indian women&#039;s sexual trauma, injection drug use, and HIV sexual risk behaviors. &#039;&#039;AIDS and Behavior&#039;&#039;. 2004 Mar;8(1):33-45.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browne, A.J. &amp;amp; Fiske, J. (2001). First Nation’s Women’s Encounters with Mainstream Health Care Services. &#039;&#039;Western Journal of Nursing Research&#039;&#039;, 23(2), 126-147.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Jacobs, B., Williams, A. (2008). Legacy of residential schools: Missing and murdered Aboriginal women. From truth to reconciliation: Transforming the legacy of residential schools, Eds. Castellano, M.B., Archibald, L., DeGagné, M. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008. &lt;br /&gt;
# Benoit, C., Carroll, D., Chaudhry, M. (2003). In search of a Healing Place: Aboriginal women in Vancouver’s Downtown Eastside. &#039;&#039;Social Science and Medicine&#039;&#039;, 56; 821-833.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Twelve===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Brant Castellano M. Reflections on Identity and Empowerment. Recurring Themes in the Discourse on and with Aboriginal Youth. &#039;&#039;Horizons: Policy Research Initiative&#039;&#039;. 2008;10(1):7-12.&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrado R, Cohen I, Watkinson A. The Over -Representation of Aboriginal Youth in Custody Policy Challenges. &#039;&#039;Horizons: Policy Research Initiative&#039;&#039;. 2008;10(1):79-82.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dion-Stout M, Kipling G, Stout R. Aboriginal people, resilience and the residential school legacy. Ottawa: &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson, N., Lipinski, A. The Community Youth Initiative Project.  In Aboriginal Healing in Canada: Studies in Therapeutic Meaning and Practice. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008, 9-30. &lt;br /&gt;
# Blackstock, C. &amp;amp; Trocmé, N. Community-Based Child Welfare for Aboriginal Children: Supporting Resilience Through Structural Change. (2005). In &#039;&#039;Handbook for Working with Children and Youth: Pathways to Resilience Across Cultures and Contexts&#039;&#039;. Thousand Oaks: Sage Press. Michael Ungar, Ed.; pp. 105-120. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Aboriginal Healing in the Contemporary Context; pp. 236-261.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 10: Self-Determination and Health Care; pp. 262&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 11: Conclusion; pp. 289-98&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: “We Can Heal”, Aboriginal Children Today; pp. 205-236.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Thirteen===&lt;br /&gt;
Course wrap up&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267034</id>
		<title>Course:SPPH536/Readings and Resources</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267034"/>
		<updated>2013-12-15T20:37:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Week Five */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Readings and Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Jan 2012&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week One===&lt;br /&gt;
There are no assigned readings this week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Two===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Reclaiming Connections: Understanding Residential School Trauma Among Aboriginal People. Ottawa, Ontario: Aboriginal Healing Foundation; 2005. Sections I-III, pages 11-63.&lt;br /&gt;
# Whitbeck, L. B., Adams, G. W., Hoyt, D. R., &amp;amp; Chen, X. (2004). Conceptualizing and measuring historical Trauma among American Indian people. American Journal of Community Psychology, 33(3/4), 119–130.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Addictive Behaviours and Residential School Abuse. In Addictive Behaviours Among Aboriginal People in Canada, Aboriginal Healing Foundation in Canada, Ottawa, pp. 19-28. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mitchel, T., Maracle D. (2005). Healing the generations: Post-traumatic stress and the health status of Aboriginal populations in Canada. Journal of Aboriginal Health, 2(1), 14-24.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Evans-Campbell, T. (2008). Historical trauma in American Indian/ Native Alaskan Communities: A multilevel framework for exploring impacts on individuals, families and communities. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 23 (316-338).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course texts readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-6&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Tuition of Thomas Moore; pp. 3-9&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: The Imperial Heritage, 1830-1879; pp. 11-22&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: The Founding Vision of Residential School Education, 1879-1920; pp.23-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “A National Crime”: Building and Managing the System, 1879-1946; pp. 51-75&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “The Charge of Manslaughter”: Disease and Death, 1879-1946; pp. 77-107&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: “We Are Going to Tell You How We Are Treated”: Food and Clothing, 1879 to 1946; pp. 109-128. &lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Introduction, Chapter 1&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Introduction; pp. ix-xxiii&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Health in British Columbia: Overview; pp. 3-18&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Three===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson N. (2005). The embodiment of inequity: health disparities in Aboriginal Canada. Canadian Journal of Public Health;96(S2):s45-60. &lt;br /&gt;
# Estey, E., Kmetic, A.M., Reading, J. (2007). Innovative approaches in public health research: Applying life course epidemiology to Aboriginal health research. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 98(6): 444-446.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smylie, J., Anderson, M. (2006). Understanding the health of Indigenous peoples in Canada: key methodological and conceptual challenges. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 176(6):602-605.&lt;br /&gt;
# Assembly of First Nations. (2006). First Nations Public Health: A Framework for Improving the Health of Our People and Our Communities. Chapter 1: Introduction, pp. 3-12; Chapter 2: Health Determinants, pp.13-20; Chapter 3: Jurisdiction and Organization, pp. 21-45; Chapter 4: Surveillance, pp. 47-63; Chapter 5: Health Promotion, Protection and Disease Prevention, pp. 65-84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram et al. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-2, 4, 8&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: An Overview of the Aboriginal Peoples of Canada; pp. 3-23&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Health and Disease Prior to European Contact; pp. 24-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Aboriginal Peoples and the Health Transition; pp. 73-125&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: The organization and utilization of contemporary health services; 210-235.&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Chapters 6-8&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: Acts of Humanity: Indian Health Services; pp.100-128.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: Doctors, Hospitals, and Field Matrons: On the Ground with Indian Health Services; pp.129-152.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: Medical Pluralism in Aboriginal Communities; pp. 153-72.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Four===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Christian, W.M., Spittal, P.M., (2009). The Cedar Project: Acknowledging the Pain of our Children, The Lancet; 372(9644): 1132-1133. &lt;br /&gt;
# O’Neil, J. (1986). The politics of health in the Fourth World: a Northern Canadian example. Human Organization, 45, 119-128.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indian Act. R.S., c. I-6, s. 1. Published by the Minister of Justice. Available online:   HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca&amp;quot;  http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca.&lt;br /&gt;
# Waters, S. (no date). British Columbia’s Public Health Act from a First Nations’ Perspective: Discussion Paper, (35p).&lt;br /&gt;
# Boyer, Y. (2004). First Nations, Metis and Inuit Health Care: The Crown’s Fiduciary Obligation. National Aboriginal Health Organization Discussion Paper Series in Aboriginal Health: Legal Issues. Native Law Centre, Saskatchewan. Available online: http://www.naho.ca/english/publications/DP_crowns_obligation.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.; &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 7, 9&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: The Parenting Presumption: Neglect and Abuse; pp. 129-156&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Integration for Closure, 1946-1986; 189-209&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 10: Persistence: The Struggle for Closure; pp. 211-238&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M.; &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 4&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 4: A ‘Scandalous Procession’: Residential Schooling and the Reformation of Aboriginal bodies; pp. 57-80.&lt;br /&gt;
#Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-3&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 1: The Perpetual Stranger: Four Generations in My Sto:lo Family; pp. 19-46.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 2: “Killing the Indian in the Child”, Four Centuries of Church-Run Schools; pp.47-80.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 3: Wolves in Sheep’s Clothing: The Child Welfare System; pp. 81-114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Five===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# First Nations Centre. (2007). OCAP: Ownership, Control, Access and Possession. Sanctioned by the First Nations Information Governance Committee, Assembly of First Nations. Ottawa: National Aboriginal Health Organization. &lt;br /&gt;
# Schnarch, B. (2004). Ownership, control, access, and possession (OCAP) or self-determination applied to research: A critical analysis of contemporary First Nations research and some options for First Nations communities. Journal of Aboriginal Health, 1(1), 80-95.&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters, K.L., et al. (2009). “Indigenist” Research Efforts in Native American Communities. In The Field Research Survival Guide, Arlene Rubin Stiffman, Ed. Oxford University Press: New York, pp.146-73.&lt;br /&gt;
# Paradies, Y.C. (2006). Defining, Conceptualizing and Characterizing Racism in Health Research. Critical Public Health; June 2006; 16(2): 143-157.&lt;br /&gt;
# Brant Castellano, M. (2004). Ethics of Aboriginal Research. Journal of Aboriginal Health, January; 98-114. &lt;br /&gt;
# Armstrong, T. (2000). Celebrating Community Knowledge: Encouraging Involvement, Achieving Ownership and Building Confidence Through Comprehensive Community Consultation. Native Social Work Journal, 3, 99-106. &lt;br /&gt;
# CIHR (2010). Tri-Council Policy Statement: Ethical Conduct for Research Involving Humans; Chapter 9: Research Involving the First Nations, Inuit and Métis Peoples of Canada (  HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://www.pre.ethics.gc.ca/pdf/eng/tcps2/TCPS_2_FINAL_Web.pdf&amp;quot;  http://www.pre.ethics.gc.ca/pdf/eng/tcps2/TCPS_2_FINAL_Web.pdf )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 4&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “Infinite Comfort and Time”, Healing Survivors of Sexual Abuse; pp.115-142.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smith, L. T. (1999). Decolonizing methodologies. Research and Indigenous peoples. London: Zed Books. &#039;&#039;Chapters 2-4&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Research Through Imperial Eyes, pp. 42-57; &lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: Colonizing Knowledges, pp. 58-77.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Research Adventures on Indigenous Lands; pp. 83-94.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Six===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Spittal PM, Craib KJP, Teegee M, Baylis C, Christian WM, Moniruzzaman A, et al. The Cedar Project: Prevalence and Correlates of HIV Infection among Young Aboriginal People who use Drugs in Two Canadian Cities. &#039;&#039;International Journal of Circumpolar Health&#039;&#039;. 2007;66(3):225-40.&lt;br /&gt;
# For the Cedar Project Partnership, ME Pearce, WM Christian, K. Patterson, PM Spittal The Cedar Project: Historical trauma, Sexual abuse and HIV risk among Aboriginal young people who use injection and non injection drugs in two Canadian cities. &#039;&#039;Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine&#039;&#039;. 66 (2008), 2185-2194. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duran, B. &amp;amp; Walters, K. (2004).  HIV/AIDS Prevention in Indian country: Current Practice, Indigenist Etiology Models and post-colonial approaches to change. &#039;&#039;AIDS Education and Prevention&#039;&#039; 16 (3), 187-201.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Craib KJ, Spittal PM, Wood E, Laliberte N, Hogg RS, Li K, et al. (2003). Risk factors for elevated HIV incidence among Aboriginal injection drug users in Vancouver. &#039;&#039;Canadian Medical Association Journal&#039;&#039;, 168(1):19-24. &lt;br /&gt;
# Barlow K. Examining HIV/AIDS among the Aboriginal population in Canada in the post-residential school era. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;, Ottawa; 2003. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mill, J.E. (2000). Describing an Explanatory Model of HIV Illness among Aboriginal Women. &#039;&#039;Holistic Nursing Practice&#039;&#039;, 42-56.&lt;br /&gt;
# Orchard, T.R., Druyts, E., McInnes, C.W. et al. (2010). Factors behind HIV testing practices among Canadian Aboriginal peoples living off-reserve. AIDS Care, 22(3); 324-331. Available at: http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/section?content=a920386834&amp;amp;fulltext=713240928&lt;br /&gt;
# Craib, KJP, Spittal, PM, Patel, SH, Christian, WM, Moniruzzaman, A, Pearce, M, Demarais, L &amp;amp; Schechter MT. The Cedar Project: Prevalence of Hepatitis C virus infection and related vulnerabilities among young Aboriginal people who use drugs in tow Canadian cities. &#039;&#039;Open Medicine&#039;&#039;, 3(4): 220-227&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey. &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “I am Responsible, I am Accountable”, Healing Aboriginal Sex Offenders; pp.143-172.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Seven===&lt;br /&gt;
Reading Week&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eight===&lt;br /&gt;
Poster Presentations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Nine===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J.A., Vermeulen, S.U., Toth, M.L. et al. (2009). Increasing Incidence and Prevalence of Diabetes among the Status Aboriginal Population in Urban and Rural Alberta, 1995-2006. &#039;&#039;Canadian Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;, 100(3): 231-236.&lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N.D. (2005). Determinants of Healthy Eating in Aboriginal Peoples in Canada. &#039;&#039;Canadian Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;, 96 Suppl 3:S32-6, S36-41.&lt;br /&gt;
# Martens, P.J. et al. (2007). Diabetes and Adverse Outcomes in a First Nations Population: Associations with Healthcare Access, and Socioeconomic and Geographic Factors. &#039;&#039;Canadian Journal of Diabetes&#039;&#039;, 31(3); 223-232. &lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N. (2005). Overweight in First Nations Children: Prevalence, Implications, and Solutions. &#039;&#039;Journal of Aboriginal Health&#039;&#039;, March, 2005: 76-86. &lt;br /&gt;
# Downs, S.M., et al.  (2009). Associations among the food environment, diet quality and weight status in Cree children in Quebec. &#039;&#039;Public Health Nutrition&#039;&#039;, 12(9): 1504-1511.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spurr, S. (2007). The Politics of Policy Development to End Obesity for Aboriginal Youth in the Educational Environment, First Peoples Child &amp;amp; Family Review, 3(3); 72-83. Available at: http://www.fncfcs.com/pubs/vol3num3/Spurr_72.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J., Vermeulen, S. et al. (2009). Increasing incidence and prevalence of diabetes among the Status Aboriginal population in urban and rural Alberta, 1995-2006. &#039;&#039;Canadian Public Health Association Journal&#039;&#039;, 100(3); 231-36.&lt;br /&gt;
# Egeland, G., Pacey, A., Cao, Z., &amp;amp; Sobel, I. (2010). Food insecurity among Inuit preschoolers:  Nunavut Inuit Child Health Survey, 2007–2008. &#039;&#039;CMAJ&#039;&#039;, 182(3): 243-248.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chan H., Fediuk K., Hamilton S., Rostas L., Caughey A., Kuhnlein H., Egeland G, &amp;amp; Loring E. (2006). Food security in Nunavut, Canada: Barriers and recommendations. &#039;&#039;International Journal of Circumpolar Health&#039;&#039;, 65(5): 417-431. &lt;br /&gt;
# Samson, C., &amp;amp; Pretty, J. (2006). Environmental and health benefits of hunting lifestvles and diets for the Innu of Labrador. &#039;&#039;Food Policy&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: ‘My People Are Sick.  My Young Men Are Angry’: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Diet and Nutrition; pp. 19-37.&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 12:  The Failure of Guardianship: Neglect &amp;amp; Abuse, 1946-1986; pp. 259-93.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Ten===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fiske, J. (2008). Making the Intangible Manifest: Healing Practices of the Qul-Aun Trauma Program. In Aboriginal Healing in Canada: Studies in Therapeutic Meaning and Practice. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008, 31-91.&lt;br /&gt;
# Furgal, C. &amp;amp; Seguin, J. (2006).  Climate Change, Health, and Vulnerability in Canadian Northern Aboriginal Communities. &#039;&#039;Environmental Health Perspectives&#039;&#039;, 114(12): 1964-1970. &lt;br /&gt;
# Hill, D.M. (2003). Traditional Medicine in Contemporary Contexts: Protecting and Respecting Indigenous Knowledge and Medicine. &#039;&#039;National Aboriginal Health Organization&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
# National Aboriginal Health Organization. (2008). An Overview Of Traditional Knowledge And Medicine And Public Health In Canada. Ottawa: Author.&lt;br /&gt;
# Richmond, C.A.M. &amp;amp; Ross, N.A.  (2008). The Determinants of First Nation and Inuit Health: A Critical Population Health Approach. &#039;&#039;Health &amp;amp; Place&#039;&#039;, 15: 403-411. &lt;br /&gt;
# Turner, N.J., Turner, K.L. (2008). “Where Our Women Used to Get the Food”: Cumulative Effects and Loss of Ethnobotanical Knowledge and Practice; Case Study from Coastal British Columbia. &#039;&#039;Botany&#039;&#039;, 86: 103-115.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: ‘Running Out of Spaces’: Sanitation and Environment in Aboriginal Habitations; pp. 38-56.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: Aboriginal Conceptions of the Body, Disease, and Medicine; pp. 83-99.&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: Medical Traditions in Aboriginal Cultures; pp. 126-152.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Aboriginal Healing in the Contemporary Context; pp. 236-261.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eleven===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters KL, Simoni JM. Reconceptualizing native women&#039;s health: an &amp;quot;indigenist&amp;quot; stress-coping model. &#039;&#039;American Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;. 2002 Apr;92(4):520-4.&lt;br /&gt;
# Simoni JM, Sehgal S, Walters KL. Triangle of risk: urban American Indian women&#039;s sexual trauma, injection drug use, and HIV sexual risk behaviors. &#039;&#039;AIDS and Behavior&#039;&#039;. 2004 Mar;8(1):33-45.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browne, A.J. &amp;amp; Fiske, J. (2001). First Nation’s Women’s Encounters with Mainstream Health Care Services. &#039;&#039;Western Journal of Nursing Research&#039;&#039;, 23(2), 126-147.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Jacobs, B., Williams, A. (2008). Legacy of residential schools: Missing and murdered Aboriginal women. From truth to reconciliation: Transforming the legacy of residential schools, Eds. Castellano, M.B., Archibald, L., DeGagné, M. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008. &lt;br /&gt;
# Benoit, C., Carroll, D., Chaudhry, M. (2003). In search of a Healing Place: Aboriginal women in Vancouver’s Downtown Eastside. &#039;&#039;Social Science and Medicine&#039;&#039;, 56; 821-833.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Twelve===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Brant Castellano M. Reflections on Identity and Empowerment. Recurring Themes in the Discourse on and with Aboriginal Youth. &#039;&#039;Horizons: Policy Research Initiative&#039;&#039;. 2008;10(1):7-12.&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrado R, Cohen I, Watkinson A. The Over -Representation of Aboriginal Youth in Custody Policy Challenges. &#039;&#039;Horizons: Policy Research Initiative&#039;&#039;. 2008;10(1):79-82.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dion-Stout M, Kipling G, Stout R. Aboriginal people, resilience and the residential school legacy. Ottawa: &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson, N., Lipinski, A. The Community Youth Initiative Project.  In Aboriginal Healing in Canada: Studies in Therapeutic Meaning and Practice. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008, 9-30. &lt;br /&gt;
# Blackstock, C. &amp;amp; Trocmé, N. Community-Based Child Welfare for Aboriginal Children: Supporting Resilience Through Structural Change. (2005). In &#039;&#039;Handbook for Working with Children and Youth: Pathways to Resilience Across Cultures and Contexts&#039;&#039;. Thousand Oaks: Sage Press. Michael Ungar, Ed.; pp. 105-120. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Aboriginal Healing in the Contemporary Context; pp. 236-261.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 10: Self-Determination and Health Care; pp. 262&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 11: Conclusion; pp. 289-98&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: “We Can Heal”, Aboriginal Children Today; pp. 205-236.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Thirteen===&lt;br /&gt;
Course wrap up&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267033</id>
		<title>Course:SPPH536/Readings and Resources</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267033"/>
		<updated>2013-12-15T20:31:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Week Four */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Readings and Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Jan 2012&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week One===&lt;br /&gt;
There are no assigned readings this week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Two===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Reclaiming Connections: Understanding Residential School Trauma Among Aboriginal People. Ottawa, Ontario: Aboriginal Healing Foundation; 2005. Sections I-III, pages 11-63.&lt;br /&gt;
# Whitbeck, L. B., Adams, G. W., Hoyt, D. R., &amp;amp; Chen, X. (2004). Conceptualizing and measuring historical Trauma among American Indian people. American Journal of Community Psychology, 33(3/4), 119–130.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Addictive Behaviours and Residential School Abuse. In Addictive Behaviours Among Aboriginal People in Canada, Aboriginal Healing Foundation in Canada, Ottawa, pp. 19-28. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mitchel, T., Maracle D. (2005). Healing the generations: Post-traumatic stress and the health status of Aboriginal populations in Canada. Journal of Aboriginal Health, 2(1), 14-24.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Evans-Campbell, T. (2008). Historical trauma in American Indian/ Native Alaskan Communities: A multilevel framework for exploring impacts on individuals, families and communities. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 23 (316-338).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course texts readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-6&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Tuition of Thomas Moore; pp. 3-9&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: The Imperial Heritage, 1830-1879; pp. 11-22&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: The Founding Vision of Residential School Education, 1879-1920; pp.23-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “A National Crime”: Building and Managing the System, 1879-1946; pp. 51-75&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “The Charge of Manslaughter”: Disease and Death, 1879-1946; pp. 77-107&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: “We Are Going to Tell You How We Are Treated”: Food and Clothing, 1879 to 1946; pp. 109-128. &lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Introduction, Chapter 1&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Introduction; pp. ix-xxiii&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Health in British Columbia: Overview; pp. 3-18&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Three===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson N. (2005). The embodiment of inequity: health disparities in Aboriginal Canada. Canadian Journal of Public Health;96(S2):s45-60. &lt;br /&gt;
# Estey, E., Kmetic, A.M., Reading, J. (2007). Innovative approaches in public health research: Applying life course epidemiology to Aboriginal health research. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 98(6): 444-446.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smylie, J., Anderson, M. (2006). Understanding the health of Indigenous peoples in Canada: key methodological and conceptual challenges. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 176(6):602-605.&lt;br /&gt;
# Assembly of First Nations. (2006). First Nations Public Health: A Framework for Improving the Health of Our People and Our Communities. Chapter 1: Introduction, pp. 3-12; Chapter 2: Health Determinants, pp.13-20; Chapter 3: Jurisdiction and Organization, pp. 21-45; Chapter 4: Surveillance, pp. 47-63; Chapter 5: Health Promotion, Protection and Disease Prevention, pp. 65-84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram et al. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-2, 4, 8&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: An Overview of the Aboriginal Peoples of Canada; pp. 3-23&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Health and Disease Prior to European Contact; pp. 24-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Aboriginal Peoples and the Health Transition; pp. 73-125&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: The organization and utilization of contemporary health services; 210-235.&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Chapters 6-8&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: Acts of Humanity: Indian Health Services; pp.100-128.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: Doctors, Hospitals, and Field Matrons: On the Ground with Indian Health Services; pp.129-152.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: Medical Pluralism in Aboriginal Communities; pp. 153-72.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Four===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Christian, W.M., Spittal, P.M., (2009). The Cedar Project: Acknowledging the Pain of our Children, The Lancet; 372(9644): 1132-1133. &lt;br /&gt;
# O’Neil, J. (1986). The politics of health in the Fourth World: a Northern Canadian example. Human Organization, 45, 119-128.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indian Act. R.S., c. I-6, s. 1. Published by the Minister of Justice. Available online:   HYPERLINK &amp;quot;http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca&amp;quot;  http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca.&lt;br /&gt;
# Waters, S. (no date). British Columbia’s Public Health Act from a First Nations’ Perspective: Discussion Paper, (35p).&lt;br /&gt;
# Boyer, Y. (2004). First Nations, Metis and Inuit Health Care: The Crown’s Fiduciary Obligation. National Aboriginal Health Organization Discussion Paper Series in Aboriginal Health: Legal Issues. Native Law Centre, Saskatchewan. Available online: http://www.naho.ca/english/publications/DP_crowns_obligation.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.; &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 7, 9&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: The Parenting Presumption: Neglect and Abuse; pp. 129-156&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Integration for Closure, 1946-1986; 189-209&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 10: Persistence: The Struggle for Closure; pp. 211-238&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M.; &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapter 4&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 4: A ‘Scandalous Procession’: Residential Schooling and the Reformation of Aboriginal bodies; pp. 57-80.&lt;br /&gt;
#Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-3&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 1: The Perpetual Stranger: Four Generations in My Sto:lo Family; pp. 19-46.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 2: “Killing the Indian in the Child”, Four Centuries of Church-Run Schools; pp.47-80.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 3: Wolves in Sheep’s Clothing: The Child Welfare System; pp. 81-114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Five===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# First Nations Centre.  (2007). OCAP: Ownership, Control, Access and Possession. Sanctioned by the First Nations Information Governance Committee, Assembly of First Nations. Ottawa: National Aboriginal Health Organization&lt;br /&gt;
# Schnarch, B. (2004). Ownership, control, access, and possession (OCAP) or self-determination applied to research: A critical analysis of contemporary First Nations research and some options for First Nations communities. &#039;&#039;Journal of Aboriginal Health&#039;&#039;, 1(1), 80-95.&lt;br /&gt;
# Armstrong, T. (2000). Celebrating Community Knowledge: Encouraging Involvement, Achieving Ownership and Building Confidence Through Comprehensive Community Consultation. &#039;&#039;Native Social Work Journal&#039;&#039;, 3, 99-106. &lt;br /&gt;
# CIHR Guidelines for Health Research Involving Aboriginal People.  Ottawa: May, 2007. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey. &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “Infinite Comfort and Time”, Healing Survivors of Sexual Abuse; pp.115-142.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smith, L. T. (1999). &#039;&#039;Decolonizing methodologies. Research and Indigenous peoples&#039;&#039;. London: Zed Books.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Research Through Imperial Eyes, pp. 42-57; &lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: Colonizing Knowledges, pp. 58-77.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Research Adventures on Indigenous Lands; pp. 83-94.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Six===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Spittal PM, Craib KJP, Teegee M, Baylis C, Christian WM, Moniruzzaman A, et al. The Cedar Project: Prevalence and Correlates of HIV Infection among Young Aboriginal People who use Drugs in Two Canadian Cities. &#039;&#039;International Journal of Circumpolar Health&#039;&#039;. 2007;66(3):225-40.&lt;br /&gt;
# For the Cedar Project Partnership, ME Pearce, WM Christian, K. Patterson, PM Spittal The Cedar Project: Historical trauma, Sexual abuse and HIV risk among Aboriginal young people who use injection and non injection drugs in two Canadian cities. &#039;&#039;Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine&#039;&#039;. 66 (2008), 2185-2194. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duran, B. &amp;amp; Walters, K. (2004).  HIV/AIDS Prevention in Indian country: Current Practice, Indigenist Etiology Models and post-colonial approaches to change. &#039;&#039;AIDS Education and Prevention&#039;&#039; 16 (3), 187-201.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Craib KJ, Spittal PM, Wood E, Laliberte N, Hogg RS, Li K, et al. (2003). Risk factors for elevated HIV incidence among Aboriginal injection drug users in Vancouver. &#039;&#039;Canadian Medical Association Journal&#039;&#039;, 168(1):19-24. &lt;br /&gt;
# Barlow K. Examining HIV/AIDS among the Aboriginal population in Canada in the post-residential school era. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;, Ottawa; 2003. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mill, J.E. (2000). Describing an Explanatory Model of HIV Illness among Aboriginal Women. &#039;&#039;Holistic Nursing Practice&#039;&#039;, 42-56.&lt;br /&gt;
# Orchard, T.R., Druyts, E., McInnes, C.W. et al. (2010). Factors behind HIV testing practices among Canadian Aboriginal peoples living off-reserve. AIDS Care, 22(3); 324-331. Available at: http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/section?content=a920386834&amp;amp;fulltext=713240928&lt;br /&gt;
# Craib, KJP, Spittal, PM, Patel, SH, Christian, WM, Moniruzzaman, A, Pearce, M, Demarais, L &amp;amp; Schechter MT. The Cedar Project: Prevalence of Hepatitis C virus infection and related vulnerabilities among young Aboriginal people who use drugs in tow Canadian cities. &#039;&#039;Open Medicine&#039;&#039;, 3(4): 220-227&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey. &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “I am Responsible, I am Accountable”, Healing Aboriginal Sex Offenders; pp.143-172.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Seven===&lt;br /&gt;
Reading Week&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eight===&lt;br /&gt;
Poster Presentations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Nine===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J.A., Vermeulen, S.U., Toth, M.L. et al. (2009). Increasing Incidence and Prevalence of Diabetes among the Status Aboriginal Population in Urban and Rural Alberta, 1995-2006. &#039;&#039;Canadian Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;, 100(3): 231-236.&lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N.D. (2005). Determinants of Healthy Eating in Aboriginal Peoples in Canada. &#039;&#039;Canadian Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;, 96 Suppl 3:S32-6, S36-41.&lt;br /&gt;
# Martens, P.J. et al. (2007). Diabetes and Adverse Outcomes in a First Nations Population: Associations with Healthcare Access, and Socioeconomic and Geographic Factors. &#039;&#039;Canadian Journal of Diabetes&#039;&#039;, 31(3); 223-232. &lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N. (2005). Overweight in First Nations Children: Prevalence, Implications, and Solutions. &#039;&#039;Journal of Aboriginal Health&#039;&#039;, March, 2005: 76-86. &lt;br /&gt;
# Downs, S.M., et al.  (2009). Associations among the food environment, diet quality and weight status in Cree children in Quebec. &#039;&#039;Public Health Nutrition&#039;&#039;, 12(9): 1504-1511.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spurr, S. (2007). The Politics of Policy Development to End Obesity for Aboriginal Youth in the Educational Environment, First Peoples Child &amp;amp; Family Review, 3(3); 72-83. Available at: http://www.fncfcs.com/pubs/vol3num3/Spurr_72.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J., Vermeulen, S. et al. (2009). Increasing incidence and prevalence of diabetes among the Status Aboriginal population in urban and rural Alberta, 1995-2006. &#039;&#039;Canadian Public Health Association Journal&#039;&#039;, 100(3); 231-36.&lt;br /&gt;
# Egeland, G., Pacey, A., Cao, Z., &amp;amp; Sobel, I. (2010). Food insecurity among Inuit preschoolers:  Nunavut Inuit Child Health Survey, 2007–2008. &#039;&#039;CMAJ&#039;&#039;, 182(3): 243-248.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chan H., Fediuk K., Hamilton S., Rostas L., Caughey A., Kuhnlein H., Egeland G, &amp;amp; Loring E. (2006). Food security in Nunavut, Canada: Barriers and recommendations. &#039;&#039;International Journal of Circumpolar Health&#039;&#039;, 65(5): 417-431. &lt;br /&gt;
# Samson, C., &amp;amp; Pretty, J. (2006). Environmental and health benefits of hunting lifestvles and diets for the Innu of Labrador. &#039;&#039;Food Policy&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: ‘My People Are Sick.  My Young Men Are Angry’: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Diet and Nutrition; pp. 19-37.&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 12:  The Failure of Guardianship: Neglect &amp;amp; Abuse, 1946-1986; pp. 259-93.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Ten===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fiske, J. (2008). Making the Intangible Manifest: Healing Practices of the Qul-Aun Trauma Program. In Aboriginal Healing in Canada: Studies in Therapeutic Meaning and Practice. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008, 31-91.&lt;br /&gt;
# Furgal, C. &amp;amp; Seguin, J. (2006).  Climate Change, Health, and Vulnerability in Canadian Northern Aboriginal Communities. &#039;&#039;Environmental Health Perspectives&#039;&#039;, 114(12): 1964-1970. &lt;br /&gt;
# Hill, D.M. (2003). Traditional Medicine in Contemporary Contexts: Protecting and Respecting Indigenous Knowledge and Medicine. &#039;&#039;National Aboriginal Health Organization&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
# National Aboriginal Health Organization. (2008). An Overview Of Traditional Knowledge And Medicine And Public Health In Canada. Ottawa: Author.&lt;br /&gt;
# Richmond, C.A.M. &amp;amp; Ross, N.A.  (2008). The Determinants of First Nation and Inuit Health: A Critical Population Health Approach. &#039;&#039;Health &amp;amp; Place&#039;&#039;, 15: 403-411. &lt;br /&gt;
# Turner, N.J., Turner, K.L. (2008). “Where Our Women Used to Get the Food”: Cumulative Effects and Loss of Ethnobotanical Knowledge and Practice; Case Study from Coastal British Columbia. &#039;&#039;Botany&#039;&#039;, 86: 103-115.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: ‘Running Out of Spaces’: Sanitation and Environment in Aboriginal Habitations; pp. 38-56.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: Aboriginal Conceptions of the Body, Disease, and Medicine; pp. 83-99.&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: Medical Traditions in Aboriginal Cultures; pp. 126-152.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Aboriginal Healing in the Contemporary Context; pp. 236-261.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eleven===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters KL, Simoni JM. Reconceptualizing native women&#039;s health: an &amp;quot;indigenist&amp;quot; stress-coping model. &#039;&#039;American Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;. 2002 Apr;92(4):520-4.&lt;br /&gt;
# Simoni JM, Sehgal S, Walters KL. Triangle of risk: urban American Indian women&#039;s sexual trauma, injection drug use, and HIV sexual risk behaviors. &#039;&#039;AIDS and Behavior&#039;&#039;. 2004 Mar;8(1):33-45.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browne, A.J. &amp;amp; Fiske, J. (2001). First Nation’s Women’s Encounters with Mainstream Health Care Services. &#039;&#039;Western Journal of Nursing Research&#039;&#039;, 23(2), 126-147.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Jacobs, B., Williams, A. (2008). Legacy of residential schools: Missing and murdered Aboriginal women. From truth to reconciliation: Transforming the legacy of residential schools, Eds. Castellano, M.B., Archibald, L., DeGagné, M. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008. &lt;br /&gt;
# Benoit, C., Carroll, D., Chaudhry, M. (2003). In search of a Healing Place: Aboriginal women in Vancouver’s Downtown Eastside. &#039;&#039;Social Science and Medicine&#039;&#039;, 56; 821-833.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Twelve===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Brant Castellano M. Reflections on Identity and Empowerment. Recurring Themes in the Discourse on and with Aboriginal Youth. &#039;&#039;Horizons: Policy Research Initiative&#039;&#039;. 2008;10(1):7-12.&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrado R, Cohen I, Watkinson A. The Over -Representation of Aboriginal Youth in Custody Policy Challenges. &#039;&#039;Horizons: Policy Research Initiative&#039;&#039;. 2008;10(1):79-82.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dion-Stout M, Kipling G, Stout R. Aboriginal people, resilience and the residential school legacy. Ottawa: &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson, N., Lipinski, A. The Community Youth Initiative Project.  In Aboriginal Healing in Canada: Studies in Therapeutic Meaning and Practice. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008, 9-30. &lt;br /&gt;
# Blackstock, C. &amp;amp; Trocmé, N. Community-Based Child Welfare for Aboriginal Children: Supporting Resilience Through Structural Change. (2005). In &#039;&#039;Handbook for Working with Children and Youth: Pathways to Resilience Across Cultures and Contexts&#039;&#039;. Thousand Oaks: Sage Press. Michael Ungar, Ed.; pp. 105-120. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Aboriginal Healing in the Contemporary Context; pp. 236-261.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 10: Self-Determination and Health Care; pp. 262&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 11: Conclusion; pp. 289-98&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: “We Can Heal”, Aboriginal Children Today; pp. 205-236.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Thirteen===&lt;br /&gt;
Course wrap up&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267032</id>
		<title>Course:SPPH536/Readings and Resources</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267032"/>
		<updated>2013-12-15T20:22:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Week Three */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Readings and Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Jan 2012&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week One===&lt;br /&gt;
There are no assigned readings this week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Two===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Reclaiming Connections: Understanding Residential School Trauma Among Aboriginal People. Ottawa, Ontario: Aboriginal Healing Foundation; 2005. Sections I-III, pages 11-63.&lt;br /&gt;
# Whitbeck, L. B., Adams, G. W., Hoyt, D. R., &amp;amp; Chen, X. (2004). Conceptualizing and measuring historical Trauma among American Indian people. American Journal of Community Psychology, 33(3/4), 119–130.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Addictive Behaviours and Residential School Abuse. In Addictive Behaviours Among Aboriginal People in Canada, Aboriginal Healing Foundation in Canada, Ottawa, pp. 19-28. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mitchel, T., Maracle D. (2005). Healing the generations: Post-traumatic stress and the health status of Aboriginal populations in Canada. Journal of Aboriginal Health, 2(1), 14-24.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Evans-Campbell, T. (2008). Historical trauma in American Indian/ Native Alaskan Communities: A multilevel framework for exploring impacts on individuals, families and communities. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 23 (316-338).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course texts readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-6&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Tuition of Thomas Moore; pp. 3-9&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: The Imperial Heritage, 1830-1879; pp. 11-22&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: The Founding Vision of Residential School Education, 1879-1920; pp.23-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “A National Crime”: Building and Managing the System, 1879-1946; pp. 51-75&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “The Charge of Manslaughter”: Disease and Death, 1879-1946; pp. 77-107&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: “We Are Going to Tell You How We Are Treated”: Food and Clothing, 1879 to 1946; pp. 109-128. &lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Introduction, Chapter 1&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Introduction; pp. ix-xxiii&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Health in British Columbia: Overview; pp. 3-18&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Three===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson N. (2005). The embodiment of inequity: health disparities in Aboriginal Canada. Canadian Journal of Public Health;96(S2):s45-60. &lt;br /&gt;
# Estey, E., Kmetic, A.M., Reading, J. (2007). Innovative approaches in public health research: Applying life course epidemiology to Aboriginal health research. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 98(6): 444-446.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smylie, J., Anderson, M. (2006). Understanding the health of Indigenous peoples in Canada: key methodological and conceptual challenges. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 176(6):602-605.&lt;br /&gt;
# Assembly of First Nations. (2006). First Nations Public Health: A Framework for Improving the Health of Our People and Our Communities. Chapter 1: Introduction, pp. 3-12; Chapter 2: Health Determinants, pp.13-20; Chapter 3: Jurisdiction and Organization, pp. 21-45; Chapter 4: Surveillance, pp. 47-63; Chapter 5: Health Promotion, Protection and Disease Prevention, pp. 65-84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram et al. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-2, 4, 8&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: An Overview of the Aboriginal Peoples of Canada; pp. 3-23&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Health and Disease Prior to European Contact; pp. 24-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Aboriginal Peoples and the Health Transition; pp. 73-125&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: The organization and utilization of contemporary health services; 210-235.&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Chapters 6-8&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: Acts of Humanity: Indian Health Services; pp.100-128.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: Doctors, Hospitals, and Field Matrons: On the Ground with Indian Health Services; pp.129-152.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: Medical Pluralism in Aboriginal Communities; pp. 153-72.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Four===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson N. (2005). The embodiment of inequity: health disparities in Aboriginal Canada. &#039;&#039;Canadian Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;; 96(S2):s45-60. &lt;br /&gt;
# Estey, E., Kmetic, A.M., Reading, J. (2007).  Innovative approaches in public health research: Applying life course epidemiology to Aboriginal health research.  &#039;&#039;Canadian Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;, 98(6): 444-446.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smylie, J., Anderson, M. (2006).  Understanding the health of Indigenous peoples in Canada: key methodological and conceptual challenges. &#039;&#039;Canadian Medical Association Journal&#039;&#039;, 176(6):602-605.&lt;br /&gt;
# Assembly of First Nations.  (2006). First Nations Public Health: A Framework for Improving the Health of Our People and Our Communities.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: Introduction, pp. 3-12; &lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Health Determinants, pp.13-20; &lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: Jurisdiction and Organization, pp. 21-45; &lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Surveillance, pp. 47-63; &lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: Health Promotion, Protection and Disease Prevention, pp. 65-84. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram et al. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: An Overview of the Aboriginal Peoples of Canada; pp. 3-23&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Health and Disease Prior to European Contact; pp. 24-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Aboriginal Peoples and the Health Transition; pp. 73-125&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: The organization and utilization of contemporary health services; 210-235.&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: Acts of Humanity: Indian Health Services; pp.100-128.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: Doctors, Hospitals, and Field Matrons: On the Ground with Indian Health Services; pp.129-152.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: Medical Pluralism in Aboriginal Communities; pp. 153-72.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Five===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# First Nations Centre.  (2007). OCAP: Ownership, Control, Access and Possession. Sanctioned by the First Nations Information Governance Committee, Assembly of First Nations. Ottawa: National Aboriginal Health Organization&lt;br /&gt;
# Schnarch, B. (2004). Ownership, control, access, and possession (OCAP) or self-determination applied to research: A critical analysis of contemporary First Nations research and some options for First Nations communities. &#039;&#039;Journal of Aboriginal Health&#039;&#039;, 1(1), 80-95.&lt;br /&gt;
# Armstrong, T. (2000). Celebrating Community Knowledge: Encouraging Involvement, Achieving Ownership and Building Confidence Through Comprehensive Community Consultation. &#039;&#039;Native Social Work Journal&#039;&#039;, 3, 99-106. &lt;br /&gt;
# CIHR Guidelines for Health Research Involving Aboriginal People.  Ottawa: May, 2007. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey. &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “Infinite Comfort and Time”, Healing Survivors of Sexual Abuse; pp.115-142.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smith, L. T. (1999). &#039;&#039;Decolonizing methodologies. Research and Indigenous peoples&#039;&#039;. London: Zed Books.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Research Through Imperial Eyes, pp. 42-57; &lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: Colonizing Knowledges, pp. 58-77.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Research Adventures on Indigenous Lands; pp. 83-94.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Six===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Spittal PM, Craib KJP, Teegee M, Baylis C, Christian WM, Moniruzzaman A, et al. The Cedar Project: Prevalence and Correlates of HIV Infection among Young Aboriginal People who use Drugs in Two Canadian Cities. &#039;&#039;International Journal of Circumpolar Health&#039;&#039;. 2007;66(3):225-40.&lt;br /&gt;
# For the Cedar Project Partnership, ME Pearce, WM Christian, K. Patterson, PM Spittal The Cedar Project: Historical trauma, Sexual abuse and HIV risk among Aboriginal young people who use injection and non injection drugs in two Canadian cities. &#039;&#039;Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine&#039;&#039;. 66 (2008), 2185-2194. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duran, B. &amp;amp; Walters, K. (2004).  HIV/AIDS Prevention in Indian country: Current Practice, Indigenist Etiology Models and post-colonial approaches to change. &#039;&#039;AIDS Education and Prevention&#039;&#039; 16 (3), 187-201.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Craib KJ, Spittal PM, Wood E, Laliberte N, Hogg RS, Li K, et al. (2003). Risk factors for elevated HIV incidence among Aboriginal injection drug users in Vancouver. &#039;&#039;Canadian Medical Association Journal&#039;&#039;, 168(1):19-24. &lt;br /&gt;
# Barlow K. Examining HIV/AIDS among the Aboriginal population in Canada in the post-residential school era. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;, Ottawa; 2003. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mill, J.E. (2000). Describing an Explanatory Model of HIV Illness among Aboriginal Women. &#039;&#039;Holistic Nursing Practice&#039;&#039;, 42-56.&lt;br /&gt;
# Orchard, T.R., Druyts, E., McInnes, C.W. et al. (2010). Factors behind HIV testing practices among Canadian Aboriginal peoples living off-reserve. AIDS Care, 22(3); 324-331. Available at: http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/section?content=a920386834&amp;amp;fulltext=713240928&lt;br /&gt;
# Craib, KJP, Spittal, PM, Patel, SH, Christian, WM, Moniruzzaman, A, Pearce, M, Demarais, L &amp;amp; Schechter MT. The Cedar Project: Prevalence of Hepatitis C virus infection and related vulnerabilities among young Aboriginal people who use drugs in tow Canadian cities. &#039;&#039;Open Medicine&#039;&#039;, 3(4): 220-227&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey. &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “I am Responsible, I am Accountable”, Healing Aboriginal Sex Offenders; pp.143-172.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Seven===&lt;br /&gt;
Reading Week&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eight===&lt;br /&gt;
Poster Presentations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Nine===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J.A., Vermeulen, S.U., Toth, M.L. et al. (2009). Increasing Incidence and Prevalence of Diabetes among the Status Aboriginal Population in Urban and Rural Alberta, 1995-2006. &#039;&#039;Canadian Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;, 100(3): 231-236.&lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N.D. (2005). Determinants of Healthy Eating in Aboriginal Peoples in Canada. &#039;&#039;Canadian Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;, 96 Suppl 3:S32-6, S36-41.&lt;br /&gt;
# Martens, P.J. et al. (2007). Diabetes and Adverse Outcomes in a First Nations Population: Associations with Healthcare Access, and Socioeconomic and Geographic Factors. &#039;&#039;Canadian Journal of Diabetes&#039;&#039;, 31(3); 223-232. &lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N. (2005). Overweight in First Nations Children: Prevalence, Implications, and Solutions. &#039;&#039;Journal of Aboriginal Health&#039;&#039;, March, 2005: 76-86. &lt;br /&gt;
# Downs, S.M., et al.  (2009). Associations among the food environment, diet quality and weight status in Cree children in Quebec. &#039;&#039;Public Health Nutrition&#039;&#039;, 12(9): 1504-1511.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spurr, S. (2007). The Politics of Policy Development to End Obesity for Aboriginal Youth in the Educational Environment, First Peoples Child &amp;amp; Family Review, 3(3); 72-83. Available at: http://www.fncfcs.com/pubs/vol3num3/Spurr_72.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J., Vermeulen, S. et al. (2009). Increasing incidence and prevalence of diabetes among the Status Aboriginal population in urban and rural Alberta, 1995-2006. &#039;&#039;Canadian Public Health Association Journal&#039;&#039;, 100(3); 231-36.&lt;br /&gt;
# Egeland, G., Pacey, A., Cao, Z., &amp;amp; Sobel, I. (2010). Food insecurity among Inuit preschoolers:  Nunavut Inuit Child Health Survey, 2007–2008. &#039;&#039;CMAJ&#039;&#039;, 182(3): 243-248.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chan H., Fediuk K., Hamilton S., Rostas L., Caughey A., Kuhnlein H., Egeland G, &amp;amp; Loring E. (2006). Food security in Nunavut, Canada: Barriers and recommendations. &#039;&#039;International Journal of Circumpolar Health&#039;&#039;, 65(5): 417-431. &lt;br /&gt;
# Samson, C., &amp;amp; Pretty, J. (2006). Environmental and health benefits of hunting lifestvles and diets for the Innu of Labrador. &#039;&#039;Food Policy&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: ‘My People Are Sick.  My Young Men Are Angry’: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Diet and Nutrition; pp. 19-37.&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 12:  The Failure of Guardianship: Neglect &amp;amp; Abuse, 1946-1986; pp. 259-93.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Ten===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fiske, J. (2008). Making the Intangible Manifest: Healing Practices of the Qul-Aun Trauma Program. In Aboriginal Healing in Canada: Studies in Therapeutic Meaning and Practice. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008, 31-91.&lt;br /&gt;
# Furgal, C. &amp;amp; Seguin, J. (2006).  Climate Change, Health, and Vulnerability in Canadian Northern Aboriginal Communities. &#039;&#039;Environmental Health Perspectives&#039;&#039;, 114(12): 1964-1970. &lt;br /&gt;
# Hill, D.M. (2003). Traditional Medicine in Contemporary Contexts: Protecting and Respecting Indigenous Knowledge and Medicine. &#039;&#039;National Aboriginal Health Organization&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
# National Aboriginal Health Organization. (2008). An Overview Of Traditional Knowledge And Medicine And Public Health In Canada. Ottawa: Author.&lt;br /&gt;
# Richmond, C.A.M. &amp;amp; Ross, N.A.  (2008). The Determinants of First Nation and Inuit Health: A Critical Population Health Approach. &#039;&#039;Health &amp;amp; Place&#039;&#039;, 15: 403-411. &lt;br /&gt;
# Turner, N.J., Turner, K.L. (2008). “Where Our Women Used to Get the Food”: Cumulative Effects and Loss of Ethnobotanical Knowledge and Practice; Case Study from Coastal British Columbia. &#039;&#039;Botany&#039;&#039;, 86: 103-115.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: ‘Running Out of Spaces’: Sanitation and Environment in Aboriginal Habitations; pp. 38-56.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: Aboriginal Conceptions of the Body, Disease, and Medicine; pp. 83-99.&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: Medical Traditions in Aboriginal Cultures; pp. 126-152.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Aboriginal Healing in the Contemporary Context; pp. 236-261.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eleven===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters KL, Simoni JM. Reconceptualizing native women&#039;s health: an &amp;quot;indigenist&amp;quot; stress-coping model. &#039;&#039;American Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;. 2002 Apr;92(4):520-4.&lt;br /&gt;
# Simoni JM, Sehgal S, Walters KL. Triangle of risk: urban American Indian women&#039;s sexual trauma, injection drug use, and HIV sexual risk behaviors. &#039;&#039;AIDS and Behavior&#039;&#039;. 2004 Mar;8(1):33-45.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browne, A.J. &amp;amp; Fiske, J. (2001). First Nation’s Women’s Encounters with Mainstream Health Care Services. &#039;&#039;Western Journal of Nursing Research&#039;&#039;, 23(2), 126-147.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Jacobs, B., Williams, A. (2008). Legacy of residential schools: Missing and murdered Aboriginal women. From truth to reconciliation: Transforming the legacy of residential schools, Eds. Castellano, M.B., Archibald, L., DeGagné, M. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008. &lt;br /&gt;
# Benoit, C., Carroll, D., Chaudhry, M. (2003). In search of a Healing Place: Aboriginal women in Vancouver’s Downtown Eastside. &#039;&#039;Social Science and Medicine&#039;&#039;, 56; 821-833.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Twelve===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Brant Castellano M. Reflections on Identity and Empowerment. Recurring Themes in the Discourse on and with Aboriginal Youth. &#039;&#039;Horizons: Policy Research Initiative&#039;&#039;. 2008;10(1):7-12.&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrado R, Cohen I, Watkinson A. The Over -Representation of Aboriginal Youth in Custody Policy Challenges. &#039;&#039;Horizons: Policy Research Initiative&#039;&#039;. 2008;10(1):79-82.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dion-Stout M, Kipling G, Stout R. Aboriginal people, resilience and the residential school legacy. Ottawa: &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson, N., Lipinski, A. The Community Youth Initiative Project.  In Aboriginal Healing in Canada: Studies in Therapeutic Meaning and Practice. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008, 9-30. &lt;br /&gt;
# Blackstock, C. &amp;amp; Trocmé, N. Community-Based Child Welfare for Aboriginal Children: Supporting Resilience Through Structural Change. (2005). In &#039;&#039;Handbook for Working with Children and Youth: Pathways to Resilience Across Cultures and Contexts&#039;&#039;. Thousand Oaks: Sage Press. Michael Ungar, Ed.; pp. 105-120. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Aboriginal Healing in the Contemporary Context; pp. 236-261.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 10: Self-Determination and Health Care; pp. 262&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 11: Conclusion; pp. 289-98&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: “We Can Heal”, Aboriginal Children Today; pp. 205-236.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Thirteen===&lt;br /&gt;
Course wrap up&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267031</id>
		<title>Course:SPPH536/Readings and Resources</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ubc.ca/index.php?title=Course:SPPH536/Readings_and_Resources&amp;diff=267031"/>
		<updated>2013-12-15T20:11:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;HailanChen: /* Week Two */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Readings and Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Jan 2012&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week One===&lt;br /&gt;
There are no assigned readings this week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Two===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Reclaiming Connections: Understanding Residential School Trauma Among Aboriginal People. Ottawa, Ontario: Aboriginal Healing Foundation; 2005. Sections I-III, pages 11-63.&lt;br /&gt;
# Whitbeck, L. B., Adams, G. W., Hoyt, D. R., &amp;amp; Chen, X. (2004). Conceptualizing and measuring historical Trauma among American Indian people. American Journal of Community Psychology, 33(3/4), 119–130.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chansonneuve D. Addictive Behaviours and Residential School Abuse. In Addictive Behaviours Among Aboriginal People in Canada, Aboriginal Healing Foundation in Canada, Ottawa, pp. 19-28. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mitchel, T., Maracle D. (2005). Healing the generations: Post-traumatic stress and the health status of Aboriginal populations in Canada. Journal of Aboriginal Health, 2(1), 14-24.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Evans-Campbell, T. (2008). Historical trauma in American Indian/ Native Alaskan Communities: A multilevel framework for exploring impacts on individuals, families and communities. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 23 (316-338).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course texts readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Chapters 1-6&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Tuition of Thomas Moore; pp. 3-9&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: The Imperial Heritage, 1830-1879; pp. 11-22&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: The Founding Vision of Residential School Education, 1879-1920; pp.23-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “A National Crime”: Building and Managing the System, 1879-1946; pp. 51-75&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “The Charge of Manslaughter”: Disease and Death, 1879-1946; pp. 77-107&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: “We Are Going to Tell You How We Are Treated”: Food and Clothing, 1879 to 1946; pp. 109-128. &lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;Introduction, Chapter 1&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Introduction; pp. ix-xxiii&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Health in British Columbia: Overview; pp. 3-18&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Three===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course texts readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Christian, W.M., Spittal, P.M., (2009). The Cedar Project: Acknowledging the Pain of our Children. &#039;&#039;The Lancet&#039;&#039;; 372(9644): 1132-1133&lt;br /&gt;
# O’Neil, J. (1986). The politics of health in the Fourth World: a Northern Canadian example. &#039;&#039;Human Organization&#039;&#039;, 45, 119-128&lt;br /&gt;
# Indian Act. R.S., c. I-6, s. 1. Published by the Minister of Justice. Available online: http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca&lt;br /&gt;
# Waters, S. (no date). British Columbia’s Public Health Act from a First Nations’ Perspective: Discussion Paper, (35p).&lt;br /&gt;
# Boyer, Y. (2004). First Nations, Metis and Inuit Health Care: The Crown’s Fiduciary Obligation. National Aboriginal Health Organization Discussion Paper Series in Aboriginal Health: Legal Issues. Native Law Centre, Saskatchewan.  Available online: http://www.naho.ca/english/publications/DP_crowns_obligation.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mandatory course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Milloy, J. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: The Parenting Presumption: Neglect and Abuse; pp. 129-156&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Integration for Closure, 1946-1986; 189-209&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 10: Persistence: The Struggle for Closure; pp. 211-238&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 4: A ‘Scandalous Procession’: Residential Schooling and the Reformation of Aboriginal bodies; pp. 57-80.&lt;br /&gt;
#Fournier &amp;amp; Crey. &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 1: The Perpetual Stranger: Four Generations in My Sto:lo Family; pp. 19-46.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 2: “Killing the Indian in the Child”, Four Centuries of Church-Run Schools; pp.47-80.&lt;br /&gt;
##Chapter 3: Wolves in Sheep’s Clothing: The Child Welfare System; pp. 81-114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Four===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson N. (2005). The embodiment of inequity: health disparities in Aboriginal Canada. &#039;&#039;Canadian Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;; 96(S2):s45-60. &lt;br /&gt;
# Estey, E., Kmetic, A.M., Reading, J. (2007).  Innovative approaches in public health research: Applying life course epidemiology to Aboriginal health research.  &#039;&#039;Canadian Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;, 98(6): 444-446.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smylie, J., Anderson, M. (2006).  Understanding the health of Indigenous peoples in Canada: key methodological and conceptual challenges. &#039;&#039;Canadian Medical Association Journal&#039;&#039;, 176(6):602-605.&lt;br /&gt;
# Assembly of First Nations.  (2006). First Nations Public Health: A Framework for Improving the Health of Our People and Our Communities.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: Introduction, pp. 3-12; &lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Health Determinants, pp.13-20; &lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: Jurisdiction and Organization, pp. 21-45; &lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Surveillance, pp. 47-63; &lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: Health Promotion, Protection and Disease Prevention, pp. 65-84. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram et al. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 1: An Overview of the Aboriginal Peoples of Canada; pp. 3-23&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Health and Disease Prior to European Contact; pp. 24-47&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Aboriginal Peoples and the Health Transition; pp. 73-125&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: The organization and utilization of contemporary health services; 210-235.&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 6: Acts of Humanity: Indian Health Services; pp.100-128.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: Doctors, Hospitals, and Field Matrons: On the Ground with Indian Health Services; pp.129-152.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 8: Medical Pluralism in Aboriginal Communities; pp. 153-72.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Five===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# First Nations Centre.  (2007). OCAP: Ownership, Control, Access and Possession. Sanctioned by the First Nations Information Governance Committee, Assembly of First Nations. Ottawa: National Aboriginal Health Organization&lt;br /&gt;
# Schnarch, B. (2004). Ownership, control, access, and possession (OCAP) or self-determination applied to research: A critical analysis of contemporary First Nations research and some options for First Nations communities. &#039;&#039;Journal of Aboriginal Health&#039;&#039;, 1(1), 80-95.&lt;br /&gt;
# Armstrong, T. (2000). Celebrating Community Knowledge: Encouraging Involvement, Achieving Ownership and Building Confidence Through Comprehensive Community Consultation. &#039;&#039;Native Social Work Journal&#039;&#039;, 3, 99-106. &lt;br /&gt;
# CIHR Guidelines for Health Research Involving Aboriginal People.  Ottawa: May, 2007. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey. &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: “Infinite Comfort and Time”, Healing Survivors of Sexual Abuse; pp.115-142.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smith, L. T. (1999). &#039;&#039;Decolonizing methodologies. Research and Indigenous peoples&#039;&#039;. London: Zed Books.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: Research Through Imperial Eyes, pp. 42-57; &lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: Colonizing Knowledges, pp. 58-77.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 4: Research Adventures on Indigenous Lands; pp. 83-94.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Six===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Spittal PM, Craib KJP, Teegee M, Baylis C, Christian WM, Moniruzzaman A, et al. The Cedar Project: Prevalence and Correlates of HIV Infection among Young Aboriginal People who use Drugs in Two Canadian Cities. &#039;&#039;International Journal of Circumpolar Health&#039;&#039;. 2007;66(3):225-40.&lt;br /&gt;
# For the Cedar Project Partnership, ME Pearce, WM Christian, K. Patterson, PM Spittal The Cedar Project: Historical trauma, Sexual abuse and HIV risk among Aboriginal young people who use injection and non injection drugs in two Canadian cities. &#039;&#039;Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine&#039;&#039;. 66 (2008), 2185-2194. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duran, B. &amp;amp; Walters, K. (2004).  HIV/AIDS Prevention in Indian country: Current Practice, Indigenist Etiology Models and post-colonial approaches to change. &#039;&#039;AIDS Education and Prevention&#039;&#039; 16 (3), 187-201.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Craib KJ, Spittal PM, Wood E, Laliberte N, Hogg RS, Li K, et al. (2003). Risk factors for elevated HIV incidence among Aboriginal injection drug users in Vancouver. &#039;&#039;Canadian Medical Association Journal&#039;&#039;, 168(1):19-24. &lt;br /&gt;
# Barlow K. Examining HIV/AIDS among the Aboriginal population in Canada in the post-residential school era. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;, Ottawa; 2003. &lt;br /&gt;
# Mill, J.E. (2000). Describing an Explanatory Model of HIV Illness among Aboriginal Women. &#039;&#039;Holistic Nursing Practice&#039;&#039;, 42-56.&lt;br /&gt;
# Orchard, T.R., Druyts, E., McInnes, C.W. et al. (2010). Factors behind HIV testing practices among Canadian Aboriginal peoples living off-reserve. AIDS Care, 22(3); 324-331. Available at: http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/section?content=a920386834&amp;amp;fulltext=713240928&lt;br /&gt;
# Craib, KJP, Spittal, PM, Patel, SH, Christian, WM, Moniruzzaman, A, Pearce, M, Demarais, L &amp;amp; Schechter MT. The Cedar Project: Prevalence of Hepatitis C virus infection and related vulnerabilities among young Aboriginal people who use drugs in tow Canadian cities. &#039;&#039;Open Medicine&#039;&#039;, 3(4): 220-227&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey. &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: “I am Responsible, I am Accountable”, Healing Aboriginal Sex Offenders; pp.143-172.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Seven===&lt;br /&gt;
Reading Week&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eight===&lt;br /&gt;
Poster Presentations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Nine===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J.A., Vermeulen, S.U., Toth, M.L. et al. (2009). Increasing Incidence and Prevalence of Diabetes among the Status Aboriginal Population in Urban and Rural Alberta, 1995-2006. &#039;&#039;Canadian Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;, 100(3): 231-236.&lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N.D. (2005). Determinants of Healthy Eating in Aboriginal Peoples in Canada. &#039;&#039;Canadian Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;, 96 Suppl 3:S32-6, S36-41.&lt;br /&gt;
# Martens, P.J. et al. (2007). Diabetes and Adverse Outcomes in a First Nations Population: Associations with Healthcare Access, and Socioeconomic and Geographic Factors. &#039;&#039;Canadian Journal of Diabetes&#039;&#039;, 31(3); 223-232. &lt;br /&gt;
# Willows, N. (2005). Overweight in First Nations Children: Prevalence, Implications, and Solutions. &#039;&#039;Journal of Aboriginal Health&#039;&#039;, March, 2005: 76-86. &lt;br /&gt;
# Downs, S.M., et al.  (2009). Associations among the food environment, diet quality and weight status in Cree children in Quebec. &#039;&#039;Public Health Nutrition&#039;&#039;, 12(9): 1504-1511.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spurr, S. (2007). The Politics of Policy Development to End Obesity for Aboriginal Youth in the Educational Environment, First Peoples Child &amp;amp; Family Review, 3(3); 72-83. Available at: http://www.fncfcs.com/pubs/vol3num3/Spurr_72.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
# Johnson, J., Vermeulen, S. et al. (2009). Increasing incidence and prevalence of diabetes among the Status Aboriginal population in urban and rural Alberta, 1995-2006. &#039;&#039;Canadian Public Health Association Journal&#039;&#039;, 100(3); 231-36.&lt;br /&gt;
# Egeland, G., Pacey, A., Cao, Z., &amp;amp; Sobel, I. (2010). Food insecurity among Inuit preschoolers:  Nunavut Inuit Child Health Survey, 2007–2008. &#039;&#039;CMAJ&#039;&#039;, 182(3): 243-248.&lt;br /&gt;
# Chan H., Fediuk K., Hamilton S., Rostas L., Caughey A., Kuhnlein H., Egeland G, &amp;amp; Loring E. (2006). Food security in Nunavut, Canada: Barriers and recommendations. &#039;&#039;International Journal of Circumpolar Health&#039;&#039;, 65(5): 417-431. &lt;br /&gt;
# Samson, C., &amp;amp; Pretty, J. (2006). Environmental and health benefits of hunting lifestvles and diets for the Innu of Labrador. &#039;&#039;Food Policy&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 2: ‘My People Are Sick.  My Young Men Are Angry’: The Impact of Colonization on Aboriginal Diet and Nutrition; pp. 19-37.&lt;br /&gt;
# Milloy, J.S. &#039;&#039;A National Crime&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 12:  The Failure of Guardianship: Neglect &amp;amp; Abuse, 1946-1986; pp. 259-93.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Ten===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fiske, J. (2008). Making the Intangible Manifest: Healing Practices of the Qul-Aun Trauma Program. In Aboriginal Healing in Canada: Studies in Therapeutic Meaning and Practice. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008, 31-91.&lt;br /&gt;
# Furgal, C. &amp;amp; Seguin, J. (2006).  Climate Change, Health, and Vulnerability in Canadian Northern Aboriginal Communities. &#039;&#039;Environmental Health Perspectives&#039;&#039;, 114(12): 1964-1970. &lt;br /&gt;
# Hill, D.M. (2003). Traditional Medicine in Contemporary Contexts: Protecting and Respecting Indigenous Knowledge and Medicine. &#039;&#039;National Aboriginal Health Organization&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
# National Aboriginal Health Organization. (2008). An Overview Of Traditional Knowledge And Medicine And Public Health In Canada. Ottawa: Author.&lt;br /&gt;
# Richmond, C.A.M. &amp;amp; Ross, N.A.  (2008). The Determinants of First Nation and Inuit Health: A Critical Population Health Approach. &#039;&#039;Health &amp;amp; Place&#039;&#039;, 15: 403-411. &lt;br /&gt;
# Turner, N.J., Turner, K.L. (2008). “Where Our Women Used to Get the Food”: Cumulative Effects and Loss of Ethnobotanical Knowledge and Practice; Case Study from Coastal British Columbia. &#039;&#039;Botany&#039;&#039;, 86: 103-115.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kelm, M. &#039;&#039;Colonizing Bodies&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 3: ‘Running Out of Spaces’: Sanitation and Environment in Aboriginal Habitations; pp. 38-56.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: Aboriginal Conceptions of the Body, Disease, and Medicine; pp. 83-99.&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 5: Medical Traditions in Aboriginal Cultures; pp. 126-152.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Aboriginal Healing in the Contemporary Context; pp. 236-261.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Eleven===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Walters KL, Simoni JM. Reconceptualizing native women&#039;s health: an &amp;quot;indigenist&amp;quot; stress-coping model. &#039;&#039;American Journal of Public Health&#039;&#039;. 2002 Apr;92(4):520-4.&lt;br /&gt;
# Simoni JM, Sehgal S, Walters KL. Triangle of risk: urban American Indian women&#039;s sexual trauma, injection drug use, and HIV sexual risk behaviors. &#039;&#039;AIDS and Behavior&#039;&#039;. 2004 Mar;8(1):33-45.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browne, A.J. &amp;amp; Fiske, J. (2001). First Nation’s Women’s Encounters with Mainstream Health Care Services. &#039;&#039;Western Journal of Nursing Research&#039;&#039;, 23(2), 126-147.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Jacobs, B., Williams, A. (2008). Legacy of residential schools: Missing and murdered Aboriginal women. From truth to reconciliation: Transforming the legacy of residential schools, Eds. Castellano, M.B., Archibald, L., DeGagné, M. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008. &lt;br /&gt;
# Benoit, C., Carroll, D., Chaudhry, M. (2003). In search of a Healing Place: Aboriginal women in Vancouver’s Downtown Eastside. &#039;&#039;Social Science and Medicine&#039;&#039;, 56; 821-833.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Twelve===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course pack readings:&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Brant Castellano M. Reflections on Identity and Empowerment. Recurring Themes in the Discourse on and with Aboriginal Youth. &#039;&#039;Horizons: Policy Research Initiative&#039;&#039;. 2008;10(1):7-12.&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrado R, Cohen I, Watkinson A. The Over -Representation of Aboriginal Youth in Custody Policy Challenges. &#039;&#039;Horizons: Policy Research Initiative&#039;&#039;. 2008;10(1):79-82.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dion-Stout M, Kipling G, Stout R. Aboriginal people, resilience and the residential school legacy. Ottawa: &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
# Adelson, N., Lipinski, A. The Community Youth Initiative Project.  In Aboriginal Healing in Canada: Studies in Therapeutic Meaning and Practice. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Healing Foundation&#039;&#039;. Ottawa: 2008, 9-30. &lt;br /&gt;
# Blackstock, C. &amp;amp; Trocmé, N. Community-Based Child Welfare for Aboriginal Children: Supporting Resilience Through Structural Change. (2005). In &#039;&#039;Handbook for Working with Children and Youth: Pathways to Resilience Across Cultures and Contexts&#039;&#039;. Thousand Oaks: Sage Press. Michael Ungar, Ed.; pp. 105-120. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Course texts readings&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Waldram, J. &#039;&#039;Aboriginal Health in Canada&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 9: Aboriginal Healing in the Contemporary Context; pp. 236-261.&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 10: Self-Determination and Health Care; pp. 262&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 11: Conclusion; pp. 289-98&lt;br /&gt;
# Fournier &amp;amp; Crey; &#039;&#039;Stolen from Our Embrace&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Chapter 7: “We Can Heal”, Aboriginal Children Today; pp. 205-236.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Week Thirteen===&lt;br /&gt;
Course wrap up&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>HailanChen</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>